HP Hewlett Packard OFFICEJET PRO 8500A User Manual
OFFICEJET PRO 8500A  
User Guide  
A910  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A  
(A910) e-All-in-One series  
User Guide  
Visual  
Copyright information  
© 2010 Copyright Hewlett-Packard  
Development Company, L.P.  
The printer software is accessible for  
users with visual impairments or low  
vision through the use of your  
operating system's accessibility  
options and features. It also supports  
most assistive technology such as  
screen readers, Braille readers, and  
voice-to-text applications. For users  
who are color blind, colored buttons  
and tabs used in the software and on  
the printer control panel have simple  
text or icon labels that convey the  
appropriate action.  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
notices  
The information contained in this  
document is subject to change without  
notice.  
All rights reserved. Reproduction,  
adaptation, or translation of this  
material is prohibited without prior  
written permission of Hewlett-  
Packard, except as allowed under  
copyright laws.  
Mobility  
For users with mobility impairments,  
the printer software functions can be  
executed through keyboard  
The only warranties for HP products  
and services are set forth in the  
express warranty statements  
commands. The software also  
supports Windows accessibility  
options such as StickyKeys,  
accompanying such products and  
services. Nothing herein should be  
construed as constituting an  
ToggleKeys, FilterKeys, and  
MouseKeys. The printer doors,  
buttons, paper trays, and paper  
guides can be operated by users with  
limited strength and reach.  
additional warranty. HP shall not be  
liable for technical or editorial errors  
or omissions contained herein.  
Acknowledgements  
Support  
For more details about the  
accessibility of this product and HP's  
commitment to product accessibility,  
visit HP's Web site at www.hp.com/  
accessibility.  
For accessibility information for the  
Mac OS X, visit the Apple Web site at  
www.apple.com/accessibility.  
Windows, Windows XP, and Windows  
Vista are U.S. registered trademarks  
of Microsoft Corporation.  
ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY  
STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.  
Safety information  
Always follow basic safety  
precautions when using this product  
to reduce risk of injury from fire or  
electric shock.  
1. Read and understand all  
instructions in the documentation that  
comes with the printer.  
2. Observe all warnings and  
instructions marked on the product.  
3. Unplug this product from wall  
outlets before cleaning.  
4. Do not install or use this product  
near water, or when you are wet.  
5. Install the product securely on  
a stable surface.  
6. Install the product in a protected  
location where no one can step on or  
trip over the line cord, and the line  
cord cannot be damaged.  
7. If the product does not operate  
normally, see Solve a problem.  
8. There are no user-serviceable parts  
inside. Refer servicing to qualified  
service personnel.  
Accessibility  
The printer provides a number of  
features that make it accessible for  
people with disabilities.  
     
Contents  
1
Get started  
Accessibility ............................................................................................................................10  
Eco-Tips .................................................................................................................................11  
Understand the printer parts ...................................................................................................11  
Front view .........................................................................................................................11  
Printing supplies area .......................................................................................................12  
Back view .........................................................................................................................13  
Use the printer control panel ...................................................................................................13  
Overview of buttons and lights ..........................................................................................13  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f) ...............................................................................14  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910g-z) .............................................................................15  
Control-panel display icons ...............................................................................................16  
Change printer settings .....................................................................................................18  
Select the mode ..........................................................................................................18  
Change printer settings ...............................................................................................18  
Finding the printer model number ...........................................................................................18  
Select print media ...................................................................................................................19  
Recommended papers for printing and copying ...............................................................19  
Recommended papers for photo printing ..........................................................................20  
Tips for selecting and using media ...................................................................................21  
Load an original on the scanner glass ....................................................................................21  
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF) ......................................................22  
Load media .............................................................................................................................23  
Load standard-size media ................................................................................................23  
Load envelopes ................................................................................................................24  
Load cards and photo paper .............................................................................................25  
Load transparencies .........................................................................................................26  
Load custom-size media ...................................................................................................26  
Insert a memory device ..........................................................................................................27  
Install the accessories ............................................................................................................28  
Install the duplexer ............................................................................................................29  
Install Tray 2 .....................................................................................................................29  
Turn on accessories in the printer driver ...........................................................................30  
To turn on accessories on Windows computers .........................................................30  
To turn on accessories on Macintosh computers ........................................................30  
Maintain the printer .................................................................................................................30  
Clean the scanner glass ...................................................................................................30  
Clean the exterior .............................................................................................................31  
Clean the automatic document feeder ..............................................................................31  
Turn the printer off ..................................................................................................................32  
2
Print  
Print documents ......................................................................................................................33  
Print documents (Windows) ..............................................................................................34  
Print documents (Mac OS X) ............................................................................................34  
1
Print brochures .......................................................................................................................34  
Print brochures (Windows) ...............................................................................................34  
Print brochures (Mac OS X) ..............................................................................................35  
Print on envelopes ..................................................................................................................35  
Print on envelopes (Windows) ..........................................................................................35  
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X) ........................................................................................36  
Print photos ............................................................................................................................36  
Print photos on photo paper (Windows) ............................................................................36  
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X) ..........................................................................37  
Print photos from a memory device ..................................................................................37  
Print DPOF photos ............................................................................................................38  
Print on special and custom-size paper ..................................................................................39  
Print on special or custom-size paper (Mac OS X) ...........................................................39  
Print borderless documents ....................................................................................................39  
Print borderless documents (Windows) ............................................................................40  
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X) ..........................................................................40  
3
4
Scan  
Scan an original ......................................................................................................................43  
Scan to a computer ...........................................................................................................43  
Scan to a memory card .....................................................................................................44  
Scan using Webscan ..............................................................................................................44  
Scanning documents as editable text .....................................................................................45  
HP Digital Solutions  
What are HP Digital Solutions? ..............................................................................................46  
HP Direct Digital Filing ......................................................................................................46  
HP Digital Fax ...................................................................................................................46  
Requirements .........................................................................................................................47  
Set up the HP Digital Solutions ...............................................................................................48  
Set up HP Direct Digital Filing ..........................................................................................48  
Set Up Scan to Network Folder ..................................................................................49  
Set Up Scan to E-mail ................................................................................................50  
Set Up HP Digital Fax .......................................................................................................52  
Use the HP Digital Solutions ...................................................................................................53  
Use HP Scan to Network Folder .......................................................................................53  
Use Scan to E-mail ...........................................................................................................53  
Use HP Digital Fax ...........................................................................................................54  
5
Copy  
Copy documents .....................................................................................................................55  
Change copy settings .............................................................................................................55  
2
Contents  
6
Fax  
Send a fax ..............................................................................................................................57  
Send a standard fax ..........................................................................................................57  
Send a standard fax from the computer ............................................................................58  
Send a fax manually from a phone ...................................................................................59  
Send a fax using monitor dialing .......................................................................................60  
Send a fax from memory ..................................................................................................60  
Schedule a fax to send later .............................................................................................61  
Send a fax to multiple recipients .......................................................................................62  
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode ................................................................................62  
Receive a fax ..........................................................................................................................63  
Receive a fax manually .....................................................................................................63  
Set up backup fax .............................................................................................................64  
Reprint received faxes from memory ................................................................................65  
Poll to receive a fax ..........................................................................................................65  
Forward faxes to another number .....................................................................................65  
Set the paper size for received faxes ................................................................................66  
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes ......................................................................66  
Block unwanted fax numbers ............................................................................................67  
Add numbers to the junk fax list ..................................................................................67  
Remove numbers from the junk fax list .......................................................................68  
Print a Junk Fax Report ..............................................................................................68  
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac) ...........................................68  
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements ....................................................................69  
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac ............................................................................69  
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings ....................................................................69  
Set up speed-dial entries ........................................................................................................70  
Set up and change speed-dial entries ..............................................................................70  
Set up and change group speed-dial entries ....................................................................71  
Delete speed-dial entries ..................................................................................................72  
Print a list of speed-dial entries .........................................................................................72  
Change fax settings ................................................................................................................72  
Configure the fax header ..................................................................................................72  
Set the answer mode (Auto answer) .................................................................................73  
Set the number of rings before answering ........................................................................73  
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring ...........................................................73  
Set the dial type ................................................................................................................74  
Set the redial options ........................................................................................................75  
Set the fax speed ..............................................................................................................75  
Set the fax sound volume .................................................................................................76  
Fax and digital phone services ...............................................................................................76  
Fax over Internet Protocol ......................................................................................................76  
Use reports .............................................................................................................................77  
Print fax confirmation reports ............................................................................................77  
Print fax error reports ........................................................................................................78  
Print and view the fax log ..................................................................................................79  
Clear the fax log ................................................................................................................ 79  
Print the details of the last fax transaction ........................................................................79  
Print a Caller ID Report .....................................................................................................79  
View the Call History .........................................................................................................79  
3
7
8
Web  
HP Apps .................................................................................................................................81  
Marketsplash by HP ................................................................................................................ 82  
Work with ink cartridges  
Information on ink cartridges and the printheads ....................................................................83  
Check the estimated ink levels ...............................................................................................84  
Replace the ink cartridges ......................................................................................................84  
Store printing supplies ............................................................................................................86  
Store ink cartridges ...........................................................................................................86  
Store printheads ...............................................................................................................86  
9
Solve a problem  
HP support ..............................................................................................................................87  
Obtain electronic support ..................................................................................................88  
HP support by phone ........................................................................................................88  
Before you call ............................................................................................................88  
Phone support period .................................................................................................89  
Telephone support numbers .......................................................................................89  
After the phone support period ...................................................................................91  
General troubleshooting tips and resources ...........................................................................91  
Solve printing problems ..........................................................................................................91  
The printer shuts down unexpectedly ...............................................................................92  
Alignment fails ..................................................................................................................92  
The printer is not responding (nothing prints) ...................................................................92  
Printer takes a long time to print .......................................................................................93  
Blank or partial page printed .............................................................................................93  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect .................................................................93  
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong .......................................................................94  
Solve print quality problems ....................................................................................................94  
General print quality troubleshooting ................................................................................95  
Meaningless characters print ............................................................................................95  
Ink is smearing .................................................................................................................96  
Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely .................................................................96  
Output is faded or dull colored ..........................................................................................97  
Colors are printing as black and white ..............................................................................97  
Wrong colors are printing ..................................................................................................97  
Printout shows bleeding colors .........................................................................................97  
The printout has a horizontal band of distortion near the bottom of a borderless print .....98  
Colors do not line up correctly ..........................................................................................98  
Text or graphics are streaked ...........................................................................................99  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect .................................................................99  
Printhead maintenance .....................................................................................................99  
To check printhead health ........................................................................................100  
To print the print quality diagnostic page ..................................................................100  
To align the printheads .............................................................................................101  
To calibrate the linefeed ...........................................................................................102  
To clean the printheads ............................................................................................102  
To clean the printhead contacts manually ................................................................. 103  
To replace the printheads .........................................................................................105  
Solve paper-feed problems ...................................................................................................108  
4
Contents  
Solve copy problems ............................................................................................................109  
No copy came out ...........................................................................................................109  
Copies are blank .............................................................................................................110  
Documents are missing or faded ....................................................................................110  
Size is reduced ...............................................................................................................110  
Copy quality is poor ........................................................................................................111  
Copy defects are apparent .............................................................................................111  
The printer prints half a page, then ejects the paper .......................................................112  
Paper mismatch ..............................................................................................................112  
Solve scan problems ............................................................................................................112  
Scanner did nothing ........................................................................................................112  
Scan takes too long ........................................................................................................113  
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing .......................................................113  
Text cannot be edited .....................................................................................................113  
Error messages appear ..................................................................................................114  
Scanned image quality is poor ........................................................................................114  
Scan defects are apparent ..............................................................................................115  
Solve fax problems ...............................................................................................................116  
The fax test failed ...........................................................................................................116  
Solve problems using HP Web sites and services ................................................................129  
Solve problems using HP Web services .........................................................................129  
Solve problems using HP Web sites ...............................................................................130  
Solve HP Digital Solutions problems ....................................................................................130  
Solving HP Direct Digital Filing problems .......................................................................130  
Common problems ...................................................................................................130  
Unable to scan to network folder ..............................................................................131  
Unable to scan to e-mail ...........................................................................................132  
The sharing dialog box is different after setting up HP Direct Digital Filing  
(Windows) .................................................................................................................132  
Solving HP Digital Fax problems ....................................................................................132  
Solve memory device problems ............................................................................................134  
The printer cannot read the memory device ...................................................................134  
The printer cannot read photos on the memory device ...................................................135  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems .............................................................................135  
General network troubleshooting ....................................................................................135  
Network port created does not match printer IP address (Windows) ..............................136  
Solve wireless problems .......................................................................................................136  
Basic wireless troubleshooting ........................................................................................ 136  
Advanced wireless troubleshooting ................................................................................137  
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network ..............................137  
Step 2: Make sure that the printer is connected to your network ..............................138  
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication ...................139  
Step 4: Make sure the printer is online and ready .....................................................140  
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the printer is set as the default printer  
driver (Windows only) ...............................................................................................140  
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running  
(Windows only) .........................................................................................................141  
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP) .....................................141  
Configure your firewall to work with printers .........................................................................142  
5
Solve printer management problems ....................................................................................143  
Embedded Web server cannot be opened .....................................................................144  
Troubleshoot installation issues ............................................................................................145  
Hardware installation suggestions ..................................................................................145  
HP software installation suggestions ..............................................................................145  
Solve network problems .................................................................................................146  
Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page ...........................................................................147  
Understand the network configuration page .........................................................................148  
Clear jams ............................................................................................................................150  
Clear paper jams ............................................................................................................151  
Avoid paper jams ............................................................................................................153  
A
Technical information  
Warranty information ............................................................................................................154  
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement ...................................................................155  
Ink cartridge warranty information ...................................................................................156  
Printer specifications .............................................................................................................157  
Physical specifications ....................................................................................................157  
Product features and capacities ...................................................................................... 157  
Processor and memory specifications ............................................................................158  
System requirements ......................................................................................................158  
Network protocol specifications ......................................................................................159  
Embedded Web server specifications .............................................................................159  
Media specifications .......................................................................................................159  
Understand specifications for supported media ........................................................160  
Set minimum margins ...............................................................................................163  
Guidelines for printing on both sides of a page .........................................................163  
Print specifications ..........................................................................................................164  
Copy specifications .........................................................................................................164  
Fax specifications ...........................................................................................................164  
Scan specifications .........................................................................................................165  
HP Web site specifications .............................................................................................165  
Environmental specifications ..........................................................................................165  
Electrical specifications ...................................................................................................165  
Acoustic emission specifications ..................................................................................... 166  
Memory device specifications .........................................................................................166  
Memory card specifications ......................................................................................166  
USB flash drives .......................................................................................................166  
6
Contents  
Regulatory information ..........................................................................................................167  
FCC statement ................................................................................................................ 168  
Notice to users in Korea .................................................................................................168  
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan ..............................................168  
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord ...............................................................169  
Noise emission statement for Germany ..........................................................................169  
LED indicator statement .................................................................................................169  
Gloss of housing of peripheral devices for Germany ......................................................169  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements .................................170  
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network .......................................................171  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area ............................................................172  
Notice to users of the German telephone network ..........................................................172  
Australia wired fax statement ..........................................................................................172  
Regulatory information for wireless products ..................................................................172  
Exposure to radio frequency radiation ......................................................................173  
Notice to users in Brazil ............................................................................................173  
Notice to users in Canada ......................................................................................... 173  
Notice to users in Taiwan .........................................................................................174  
European Union regulatory notice ............................................................................175  
Regulatory model number ..............................................................................................175  
Declaration of conformity ................................................................................................176  
Environmental product stewardship program .......................................................................177  
Paper use .......................................................................................................................177  
Plastics ...........................................................................................................................177  
Material safety data sheets .............................................................................................177  
Recycling program ..........................................................................................................177  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program ..............................................................................177  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union ....178  
Power consumption ........................................................................................................179  
Chemical Substances .....................................................................................................179  
RoHS notices (China only) .............................................................................................179  
Third-party licenses ..............................................................................................................180  
B
HP supplies and accessories  
Order printing supplies online ...............................................................................................188  
Supplies ................................................................................................................................188  
Ink cartridges and printheads .........................................................................................188  
HP media ........................................................................................................................189  
7
C
Additional fax setup  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems) .................................................................................190  
Select the correct fax setup for your home or office ........................................................191  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received) ........................................................193  
Case B: Set up the printer with DSL ...............................................................................194  
Case C: Set up the printer with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line ...........................195  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line ..........................................196  
Case E: Shared voice/fax line .........................................................................................197  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail .................................................................198  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received) ......................199  
Set up the printer with a computer dial-up modem ...................................................199  
Set up the printer with a computer DSL/ADSL modem .............................................201  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem ....................................................202  
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem .......................................................202  
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem .................................................204  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine ...................................................206  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine ...............207  
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine ..........207  
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine ...209  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail .................211  
Serial-type fax setup .............................................................................................................213  
Test fax setup .......................................................................................................................213  
D
Network setup  
Change basic network settings .............................................................................................215  
View and print network settings ......................................................................................215  
Turn the wireless radio on and off ................................................................................... 215  
Change advanced network settings ......................................................................................215  
Set link speed .................................................................................................................216  
View IP settings ..............................................................................................................216  
Change IP settings .........................................................................................................216  
Configure the printer’s firewall settings ...........................................................................216  
Creating and using firewall rules ...............................................................................217  
Reset network settings ...................................................................................................219  
Set up the printer for wireless communication ......................................................................219  
To set up a wireless communication using the Wireless Setup Wizard ..........................219  
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings ................................................................. 220  
Test the wireless connection ..........................................................................................221  
Change the connection method ......................................................................................221  
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security ..........................................................221  
To add hardware addresses to a WAP .....................................................................222  
Other guidelines ........................................................................................................222  
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network ............................................222  
Uninstall and reinstall the HP software .................................................................................222  
E
Printer management tools  
HP printer software (Windows) .............................................................................................225  
HP Utility (Mac OS X) ...........................................................................................................225  
8
Contents  
Embedded Web server .........................................................................................................225  
About cookies .................................................................................................................226  
To open the embedded Web server ...............................................................................226  
Index...........................................................................................................................................233  
9
1 Get started  
This guide provides details about how to use the printer and how to resolve problems.  
Accessibility  
Eco-Tips  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Understand the printer parts  
Use the printer control panel  
Finding the printer model number  
Select print media  
Load an original on the scanner glass  
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)  
Load media  
Insert a memory device  
Install the accessories  
Maintain the printer  
Turn the printer off  
NOTE: If you are using the printer with a computer running Windows XP Starter  
Edition, Windows Vista Starter Edition, or Windows 7 Starter Edition, some  
features might not be available. For more information, see Operating system  
compatibility.  
Accessibility  
The printer provides a number of features that make it accessible for people with  
disabilities.  
Visual  
The HP software provided with the printer is accessible for users with visual  
impairments or low vision by usingf your operating system's accessibility options and  
features. The software also supports most assistive technology such as screen  
readers, Braille readers, and voice-to-text applications. For users who are color blind,  
colored buttons and tabs used in the HP software and on the printer control panel  
have simple text or icon labels that convey the appropriate action.  
Mobility  
For users with mobility impairments, the HP software functions can be executed  
through keyboard commands. The HP software also supports Windows accessibility  
options such as StickyKeys, ToggleKeys, FilterKeys, and MouseKeys. The printer  
doors, buttons, paper trays, and paper guides can be operated by users with limited  
strength and reach.  
Support  
For more details about the accessibility of this printer and HP's commitment to product  
accessibility, visit HP's Web site at www.hp.com/accessibility.  
10  
Get started  
       
For accessibility information for Mac OS X, visit the Apple Web site at www.apple.com/  
accessibility.  
Eco-Tips  
HP is committed to helping customers reduce their environmental footprint. HP has  
provided these Eco-Tips to help you focus on ways to assess and reduce the impact  
of your printing choices. In addition to specific features in this printer, please visit the  
HP Eco Solutions Web site for more information on HP's environmental initiatives.  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/  
•
Duplex printing: Use Paper-saving Printing to print two-sided documents with  
multiple pages on same sheet to reduce paper usage. For more information, see  
Print on both sides (duplexing).  
•
•
Energy Savings Information: To determine the ENERGY STAR® qualification  
status for this printer, see Power consumption.  
Recycled Materials: For more information regarding recycling of HP products,  
please visit:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/  
Understand the printer parts  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Front view  
Printing supplies area  
Back view  
Front view  
13  
12  
3
4
1
2
10  
11  
5
6
7
9
8
Understand the printer parts  
11  
       
Chapter 1  
1
Automatic document feeder (ADF)  
2
Scanner glass  
3
Control panel (differs based on the printer model that you have)  
4
Control-panel display (differs based on the printer model that you have)  
5
Output tray  
6
Output tray extension  
7
Width guides  
8
Tray 1  
9
Tray 2 (available with some models)  
Front universal serial bus (USB) port (PictBridge-enabled)  
Memory card slots  
10  
11  
12  
13  
Document feeder tray  
Width guides  
Printing supplies area  
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
Ink cartridge door  
Ink cartridges  
Print-carriage access door  
Printhead latch  
Printheads  
12  
Get started  
   
Back view  
1
5
2
3
4
1
Power input  
2
3
4
5
Ethernet network port  
Rear universal serial bus (USB) port  
Fax ports (1-LINE and 2-EXT)  
Automatic two-sided printing accessory (duplexer)  
Use the printer control panel  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Overview of buttons and lights  
Control-panel display icons  
Change printer settings  
Overview of buttons and lights  
The following diagrams and related tables provide a quick reference to the printer  
control panel features for each printer model. For more information, see Finding the  
printer model number  
Use the printer control panel  
13  
         
Chapter 1  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f)  
1
2
3
4
9
8
7 6  
5
Label  
Name and Description  
1
2
Home button: Press this button to return to the home screen from any other screen.  
Control-panel display: Touch the screen to select menu options. For information about the  
icons that appear on the display, see Control-panel display icons.  
3
4
5
Help button: Opens the Help menu.  
Keypad: Use the keypad to enter numbers and text.  
Wireless button: The button is lit when the 802.11 wireless feature is on. Touch this button  
to view or print the Wireless Summary or to access Setup options and the Network Menu.  
6
7
8
9
Cancel: Stops a job, exits a menu, or exits settings.  
Right arrow button: Navigates through settings in the menus.  
Back button: Touch this button to return to the previous menu.  
Left arrow button: Navigates through settings in the menus.  
14  
Get started  
       
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910g-z)  
1
2
3
4
8
7
6 5  
Label  
1
Name and Description  
Wireless icon: The button is lit when the 802.11 wireless feature is on. Touch this button to  
view or print the Wireless Summary or to access Setup options and the Network Menu.  
2
3
Home: Press this to return to the home screen from any other screen.  
Control-panel display: Touch the screen to select menu options. For information about the  
icons that appear on the display, see Control-panel display icons.  
4
5
6
7
8
Help button: Opens the Help menu.  
Right arrow button: Navigates through settings in the menus.  
Cancel: Stops a job, exits a menu, or exits settings.  
Back button: Touch this button to return to the previous menu.  
Left arrow button: Navigates through settings in the menus.  
Use the printer control panel  
15  
       
Chapter 1  
Control-panel display icons  
Icon  
Purpose  
Shows that a wired network connection exists.  
Shows that a wireless network connection exists. The signal strength is indicated  
by the number of curved lines. This is for infrastructure mode. For more  
information, see Set up the printer for wireless communication.  
Shows that ePrint is turned on. For more information, see HP ePrint.  
Displays screen where you can make copies or select other options.  
Displays screen where you can make a fax, or choose fax settings.  
Displays a screen where you can make a scan, or change scan settings.  
16  
Get started  
           
(continued)  
Icon  
Purpose  
Displays a screen where you can use HP Apps. For more information, see HP  
Apps  
Displays the Photo screen for selecting options.  
Displays the Setup screen for generating reports, changing fax and other  
maintenance settings, and accessing the Help screen. The topic that you select  
from the Help screen opens a help window on your computer screen.  
Displays the Network screen for selecting options.  
Officejet Pro 8500A (A910g-z only)  
Provides more information about the printer's features.  
Officejet Pro 8500A (A910g-z only)  
Displays screen where you can see information about the ink cartridges, including  
fill levels. This icon has a red border when an ink cartridge needs attention.  
Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f only)  
NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning  
purposes only. When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having  
a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not  
need to replace cartridges until prompted to do so.  
Displays the status of the Auto Answer function. Touch Auto Answer to turn it on  
or off. For more information, see Set the answer mode (Auto answer).  
Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f only)  
Use the printer control panel  
17  
     
Chapter 1  
Change printer settings  
Use the control panel to change the printer’s mode and settings, print reports, or get  
help for the printer.  
TIP: If the printer is connected to a computer, you can also change the printer  
settings using HP software tools available on your computer, such as the HP  
printer software, the HP Utility (Mac OS X), or the EWS. For more information  
about these tools, see Printer management tools.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Select the mode  
Change printer settings  
Select the mode  
The main menu of the control-panel display shows the available modes for the printer.  
NOTE: To select a mode, touch the left arrow or the right arrow to see the  
available modes, and then touch the icon to select the desired mode. Follow the  
prompts on the control-panel display to complete the job. The control-panel display  
returns to the main menu when the job is finished.  
To select a different mode  
Touch the  
to return to the main menu. Touch left arrow or right arrow to scroll  
through the available modes, and then touch the icon to select the desired mode.  
To change settings for a mode  
1. After selecting a mode, touch the arrow buttons to scroll through the available  
settings, and then touch the setting you want to change.  
2. Follow the prompts on the display to change the settings, and then touch Done.  
NOTE: Use the  
button to return to the previous menu.  
Change printer settings  
To change the printer settings or print reports, use the options available in the Setup  
menu:  
1. Touch right arrow , and then touch Setup.  
2. Touch the arrow buttons to scroll through the menus.  
3. Touch the menu items to select menus or options.  
NOTE: Use the  
button to return to the previous menu.  
Finding the printer model number  
In addition to the model name that appears on the front of the printer, this printer has  
a specific model number. You can use this number when obtaining support and to help  
determine which supplies or accessories are available for your printer.  
18  
Get started  
       
The model number is printed on a label located inside the printer, near the ink  
cartridges area.  
Select print media  
The printer is designed to work well with most types of office media. It is best to test  
a variety of print media types before buying large quantities. Use HP media for  
optimum print quality. Visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com for more information about  
HP media.  
HP recommends plain papers with the ColorLok logo for printing  
and copying of everyday documents. All papers with the  
ColorLok logo are independently tested to meet high standards  
of reliability and print quality, and produce documents with crisp,  
vivid color, bolder blacks and dry faster than ordinary plain  
papers. Look for papers with the ColorLok logo in a variety of  
weights and sizes from major paper manufacturers.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Recommended papers for printing and copying  
Recommended papers for photo printing  
Tips for selecting and using media  
Recommended papers for printing and copying  
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are  
specifically designed for the type of project you are printing.  
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.  
HP Brochure Paper  
These papers are glossy-coated or matte-coated on both sides for  
two-sided use. They are the perfect choice for near-photographic  
reproductions and business graphics for report covers, special  
presentations, brochures, mailers, and calendars.  
HP Superior Inkjet  
Paper  
HP Bright White Inkjet  
Paper  
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper delivers high-contrast colors and sharp  
text. It is opaque enough for two-sided color usage with no show-  
through, which makes it ideal for newsletters, reports, and flyers. It  
features ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and  
vivid colors.  
HP Printing Paper  
HP Office Paper  
HP Printing Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It produces  
documents that look and feel more substantial than documents  
printed on standard multipurpose or copy paper. It features ColorLok  
Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is  
acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Office Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It is suitable for  
copies, drafts, memos and other everyday documents. It features  
ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid  
colors. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents  
HP Office Recycled  
Paper  
HP Office Recycled Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper made  
with 30% recycled fiber. It features ColorLok Technology for less  
19  
Select print media  
   
Chapter 1  
(continued)  
smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acid-free for longer  
lasting documents.  
HP Premium  
These papers are heavy two-sided matte papers perfect for  
presentation, proposals, reports and newsletters. They are  
heavyweight for an impressive look and feel.  
Presentation Paper  
HP Professional Paper  
HP Premium Inkjet  
Transparency Film  
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film makes your color  
presentations vivid and even more impressive. This film is easy to  
use and handle and dries quickly without smudging.  
HP Advanced Photo  
Paper  
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling  
without smudging. It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity.  
Your prints have a look and feel comparable to a store processed  
photo. It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5 x 11 inch, 10  
x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), 13x18 cm (5 x7 inch) and two finishes – glossy  
or soft gloss (satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Everyday Photo  
Paper  
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper  
designed for casual photo printing. This affordable, photo paper dries  
quickly for easy handling. Get sharp, crisp images when you use this  
paper with any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in 8.5 x11  
inch, A4, 4 x 6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting  
documents.  
HP Iron-On Transfers  
HP Iron-on Transfers (for color fabrics or for light or white fabrics) are  
the ideal solution for creating custom T-shirts from your digital photos.  
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,  
select your country/region, follow the prompts to select your printer, and then click one  
of the shopping links on the page.  
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.  
Recommended papers for photo printing  
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are  
specifically designed for the type of project you are printing.  
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.  
HP Advanced Photo Paper  
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling without  
smudging. It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity. Your prints have a look  
and feel comparable to a store processed photo. It is available in several sizes,  
including A4, 8.5 x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), 13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 inch) and two  
finishes – glossy or soft gloss (satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Everyday Photo Paper  
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed for casual  
photo printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for easy handling. Get sharp,  
crisp images when you use this paper with any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss  
finish in 8.5 x 11 inch, A4, 4 x 6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting  
documents.  
20  
Get started  
 
HP Photo Value Packs  
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP  
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing  
affordable professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP  
Advanced Photo Paper have been designed to work together so your photos are long  
lasting and vivid, print after print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of  
photos or multiple prints to share.  
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,  
select your country/region, follow the prompts to select your printer, and then click one  
of the shopping links on the page.  
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.  
Tips for selecting and using media  
For the best results, observe the following guidelines.  
•
•
•
Always use media that conforms to the printer specifications. For more information,  
see Media specifications.  
Load only one type of media at a time into a tray or automatic document feeder  
(ADF) (some models only).  
When loading the trays and ADF (some models only), make sure the media is  
loaded correctly. For more information, see Load media or Load an original in the  
automatic document feeder (ADF).  
•
•
Do not overload the tray or ADF (some models only). For more information, see  
Load media or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
To prevent jams, poor print quality, and other printing problems, avoid loading the  
following media in the trays or ADF (some models only):  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Multipart forms  
Media that is damaged, curled, or wrinkled  
Media with cutouts or perforations  
Media that is heavily textured, embossed, or does not accept ink well  
Media that is too lightweight or stretches easily  
Media that contains staples or clips  
NOTE: To scan, copy, or fax documents that contain pages that do not  
conform to these guidelines, use the scanner glass. For more information, see  
Load an original on the scanner glass.  
Load an original on the scanner glass  
You can copy, scan, or fax up to Letter- or A4-size originals by loading them on the  
glass.  
NOTE: Many of the special features do not work correctly if the glass and lid  
backing are not clean. For more information, see Maintain the printer.  
21  
Load an original on the scanner glass  
         
Chapter 1  
To load an original on the scanner glass  
Use these steps to load an original on the scanner glass.  
1. Lift the scanner lid.  
2. Load your original print-side down.  
TIP: For more help on loading an original, refer to the engraved guides along  
the edge of the glass.  
3. Close the lid.  
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)  
You can copy, scan, or fax a one-sided, single- or multiple-page, A4- or Letter-size  
document by placing it in the automatic document feeder tray.  
CAUTION: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your  
photos.  
NOTE: Two-sided Legal-size documents cannot be scanned, copied, or faxed  
using the ADF.  
NOTE: Some features, such as the Fit to Page copy feature, do not work when  
you load your originals in the ADF. You must load your originals on the glass.  
The document feeder tray holds a maximum of 35 or 50 sheets of plain paper,  
depending on the printer model.  
To load an original in the document feeder tray  
Use these steps to load a document in the automatic document feeder.  
1. Load your original print-side up into the document feeder tray. Place the pages so  
that the top edge of the document goes in first. Slide the media into the automatic  
22  
Get started  
     
document feeder until you hear a tone or see a message on the display indicating  
that the loaded pages were detected.  
TIP: For more help on loading originals in the automatic document feeder,  
refer to the diagram engraved in the document feeder tray.  
2. Slide the width guides inward until they stop at the left and right edges of the media.  
NOTE: Remove all originals from the document feeder tray before lifting the lid on  
the printer.  
Load media  
This section provides instructions for loading media into the printer.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
Load standard-size media  
Load envelopes  
Load cards and photo paper  
Load transparencies  
Load custom-size media  
Load standard-size media  
To load media  
Use these instructions to load standard media.  
1. Lift the output tray.  
2. Slide the paper width guide out as far as possible.  
NOTE: If you are loading larger sized media, pull the input tray to extend it.  
23  
Load media  
       
Chapter 1  
3. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the main tray. Make sure the  
stack of media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not  
exceed the line marking in the tray.  
NOTE: Do not load paper while the printer is printing.  
4. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have  
loaded.  
5. Lower the output tray.  
6. Pull out the tray extender.  
Load envelopes  
To load envelopes  
Use these instructions to load an envelope  
1. Lift the output tray.  
2. Slide the paper width guide out as far as possible.  
NOTE: If you are loading larger sized media, pull the input tray to extend it.  
24  
Get started  
   
3. Load envelopes according to the graphic. Make sure the stack of envelopes does  
not exceed the line marking in the tray.  
NOTE: Do not load paper while the printer is printing.  
4. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have  
loaded.  
5. Lower the output tray.  
6. Pull out the tray extender.  
Load cards and photo paper  
To load cards and photo paper  
Use these instructions to load photo paper.  
1. Lift the output tray.  
2. Slide the paper width guide out as far as possible.  
NOTE: If you are loading larger sized media, pull the input tray to extend it.  
3. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the main tray. Make sure the  
stack of media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not  
exceed the line marking in the tray. If the photo paper has a tab along one edge,  
make sure the tab is pointing towards the front of the printer.  
NOTE: Do not load paper while the printer is printing.  
4. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have  
loaded.  
25  
Load media  
   
Chapter 1  
5. Lower the output tray.  
6. Pull out the tray extender.  
Load transparencies  
To load transparencies  
1. Lift the output tray.  
2. Slide the paper width guide out as far as possible.  
NOTE: If you are loading larger sized media, pull the input tray to extend it.  
3. Insert the transparencies, rough-side or print-side down, along the right of the main  
tray. Make sure the adhesive strip is pointing towards the back of the printer and  
that the stack of transparencies aligns with the right and back edges of the tray.  
Also, make sure the stack does not exceed the line marking in the tray.  
NOTE: Do not load paper while the printer is printing.  
4. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have  
loaded.  
5. Lower the output tray.  
6. Pull out the tray extender.  
Load custom-size media  
To load cards and photo paper  
Use these instructions to load custom-size media.  
CAUTION: Use only custom-size media that is supported by the printer. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
26  
Get started  
       
1. Lift the output tray.  
2. Slide the paper width guide out as far as possible.  
NOTE: If you are loading larger sized media, pull the input tray to extend it.  
3. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the main tray. Make sure the  
stack of media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not  
exceed the line marking in the tray.  
NOTE: Do not load paper while the printer is printing.  
4. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have  
loaded.  
5. Lower the output tray.  
6. Pull out the tray extender.  
Insert a memory device  
If your digital camera uses a memory card to store photos, you can insert the memory  
card into the printer to print or save your photos.  
CAUTION: Attempting to remove a memory card while it is being accessed can  
damage files on the card. You can safely remove a card only when the photo light  
is not blinking. Also, never insert more than one memory card at a time as this can  
also damage files on the memory cards.  
NOTE: The printer does not support encrypted memory cards.  
For more information on the supported memory cards, see Memory device  
specifications.  
To insert a memory card  
1. Turn the memory card so that the label faces up, and the contacts are facing the  
printer.  
2. Insert the memory card into the corresponding memory card slot.  
NOTE: You cannot insert more than one memory card in the printer.  
27  
Insert a memory device  
   
Chapter 1  
To connect a storage device  
1. If you are connecting a digital camera, change the USB mode of the camera to  
storage mode, and then connect one end of the USB cable to the camera.  
NOTE: Different cameras use different terms to describe the storage mode.  
For instance, some cameras have a digital camera setting and a disk drive  
setting. In this instance, the disk drive setting is the storage mode setting. If  
storage mode does not work on your camera, you might need to upgrade the  
camera firmware. For more information, see the documentation that came with  
the camera.  
2. Insert the USB storage device or the other end of the camera’s USB cable to the  
USB port on the front of the printer.  
NOTE: If your USB device does not fit into this port due to size limitations, or if  
the connector on the device is shorter than 11 mm (0.43 in), you will need to  
purchase a USB extension cable in order to use your device with this port. For  
more information on supported USB devices, see Memory card specifications.  
Install the accessories  
This section contains the following topics:  
Install the duplexer  
Install Tray 2  
Turn on accessories in the printer driver  
•
•
•
28  
Get started  
   
Install the duplexer  
You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper automatically. For information on using  
the duplexer, see Print on both sides (duplexing).  
To install the duplexer  
Ÿ Slide the duplexer into the printer until the unit locks into place. Do not press the  
buttons on either side of the duplexer when installing the unit; use them only for  
removing the unit from the printer.  
Install Tray 2  
NOTE: This feature is available with some models of the printer.  
Tray 2 can hold up to 250 sheets of plain paper. For ordering information, see HP  
supplies and accessories.  
To install Tray 2  
1. Unpack the tray, remove the packing tapes and materials, and move the tray to the  
prepared location. The surface must be sturdy and level.  
2. Turn off the printer, and disconnect the power cord.  
3. Set the printer on top of the tray.  
CAUTION: Be careful to keep your fingers and hands clear of the bottom of  
the printer.  
4. Connect the power cord and turn on the printer.  
5. Enable Tray 2 in the printer driver. For more information, see Turn on accessories  
in the printer driver.  
29  
Install the accessories  
       
Chapter 1  
Turn on accessories in the printer driver  
•
•
To turn on accessories on Windows computers  
To turn on accessories on Macintosh computers  
To turn on accessories on Windows computers  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties.  
3. Select the Device Settings tab. Click the accessory that you want to turn on, click  
Installed from the drop-down menu, and then click OK.  
To turn on accessories on Macintosh computers  
The Mac OS automatically turns on all accessories in the printer driver when you  
install the printer software. If you add a new accessory later, follow these steps:  
1. Open the System Preferences and then select Print & Fax.  
2. Click Options & Supplies.  
3. Click the Driver tab.  
4. Select the options you want to install, and then click OK.  
Maintain the printer  
This section provides instructions for keeping the printer in top working condition.  
Perform these maintenance procedures as necessary.  
•
•
•
Clean the scanner glass  
Clean the exterior  
Clean the automatic document feeder  
Clean the scanner glass  
NOTE: Dust or dirt on the scanner glass, scanner lid backing, or scanner frame  
can slow down performance, degrade the quality of scans, and affect the accuracy  
of special features such as fitting copies to a certain page size.  
To clean the scanner glass  
1. Turn the printer off. For more information, see Turn the printer off.  
2. Lift the scanner lid.  
30  
Get started  
             
3. Clean the glass by using a soft, lint-free cloth that has been sprayed with a mild  
glass cleaner. Dry the glass with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth.  
CAUTION: Use only glass cleaner to clean the scanner glass. Avoid cleaners  
that contain abrasives, acetone, benzene, and carbon tetrachloride, all of which  
can damage the scanner glass. Avoid isopropyl alcohol because it can leave  
streaks on the glass.  
CAUTION: Do not spray the glass cleaner directly on the glass. If too much  
glass cleaner is applied, the cleaner could leak under the glass and damage  
the scanner.  
4. Close the scanner lid, and turn on the printer.  
Clean the exterior  
WARNING! Before cleaning the printer, turn off the power and unplug the power  
cord from the electrical socket.  
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the case. The  
exterior of the printer does not require cleaning. Keep fluids away from the interior of  
the printer, as well as from the printer control panel.  
Clean the automatic document feeder  
If the automatic document feeder picks up multiple pages or if it does not pick up plain  
paper, you can clean the rollers and separator pad. Lift the automatic document feeder  
31  
Maintain the printer  
       
Chapter 1  
cover to access the pick assembly inside the automatic document feeder, clean the  
rollers or separator pad, and then close the cover.  
To clean the rollers or separator pad  
1. Remove all originals from the document feeder tray.  
2. Lift the automatic document feeder cover (1).  
This provides easy access to the rollers (2) and separator pad (3).  
2
3
1
1
2
3
Automatic document feeder cover  
Rollers  
Separator pad  
3. Lightly dampen a clean lint-free cloth with distilled water, then squeeze any excess  
liquid from the cloth.  
4. Use the damp cloth to wipe any residue off the rollers or separator pad.  
NOTE: If the residue does not come off using distilled water, try using  
isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol.  
5. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.  
Turn the printer off  
Turn the printer off by pressing the Power button located on the printer. Wait until the  
power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a power strip. If  
you incorrectly turn the printer off, the print carriage might not return to the correct  
position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality issues.  
32  
Get started  
 
2 Print  
Most print settings are automatically handled by the software application. Change the  
settings manually only when you want to change print quality, print on specific types of  
paper, or use special features. For more information about selecting the best print  
media for your documents, see Select print media.  
Choose a print job to continue:  
Print documents  
Print brochures  
Print on envelopes  
Print photos  
Print on special and custom-size paper  
Print borderless documents  
Print documents  
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of  
paper (called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see  
Print on both sides (duplexing).  
Print  
33  
   
Chapter 2  
NOTE: You can print from anywhere by using HP's ePrint feature. For more  
information, see HP ePrint.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print documents (Windows)  
Print documents (Mac OS X)  
Print documents (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. To change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Change the paper orientation on the Layout tab, and paper source, media type,  
paper size, and quality settings on the Paper/Quality tab. To print in black and  
white, click the Advanced tab, and then change the Print in Grayscale option.  
6. Click OK.  
7. Click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print documents (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. Change the print settings for the option provided in the pop-up menus, as  
appropriate for your project.  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to  
access these options.  
5. Click Print to begin printing.  
Print brochures  
NOTE: You can print from anywhere by using HP's ePrint feature. For more  
information, see HP ePrint.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print brochures (Windows)  
Print brochures (Mac OS X)  
Print brochures (Windows)  
NOTE: To set print settings for all print jobs, make the changes in the HP  
software provided with the printer. For more information on the HP software, see  
Printer management tools.  
34  
Print  
             
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. To change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Change the paper orientation on the Layout tab, and paper source, media type,  
paper size, and quality settings on the Paper/Quality tab. To print in black and  
white, click the Advanced tab, and then change the Print in Grayscale option.  
6. Click OK.  
7. Click OK.  
8. Click Print to begin printing.  
Print brochures (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. Select Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation  
setting), and then select the following settings:  
•
•
Paper Type: the appropriate brochure paper type  
Quality: Normal or Best  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to  
access these options.  
5. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Print on envelopes  
When selecting envelopes, avoid envelopes that have a very slick finish, self-stick  
adhesives, clasps, or windows. Also, avoid envelopes with thick, irregular, or curled  
edges, or areas that are wrinkled, torn, or otherwise damaged.  
Make sure the envelopes you load in the printer are tightly constructed and that the  
folds are sharply creased.  
NOTE: For more information about printing on envelopes, see the documentation  
available with the software program you are using.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print on envelopes (Windows)  
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)  
Print on envelopes (Windows)  
1. Load envelopes in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
Print on envelopes  
35  
         
Chapter 2  
4. To change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. On the Layout tab, change the orientation to Landscape.  
6. Click Paper/Quality, and then select the appropriate envelope type from the  
Paper Size drop-down list.  
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features  
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.  
7. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)  
1. Load envelopes in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. select the appropriate envelope size in the Paper Size pop-up menu.  
5. Select the Orientation option.  
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5 or v10.6), click the blue  
disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.  
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Print photos  
Do not leave unused photo paper in the input tray. The paper might start to curl, which  
could reduce the quality of your printout. Photo paper should be flat before printing.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
•
•
Print photos on photo paper (Windows)  
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)  
Print photos from a memory device  
Print DPOF photos  
Print photos on photo paper (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. To change settings, click the option that opens the printer Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this option might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. To print the photo in black and white, click the Advanced tab and then change the  
Print in Grayscale option.  
6. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
36  
Print  
         
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. Click Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation  
setting), and then select the following settings:  
•
•
Paper Type: The appropriate photo paper type  
Quality: Best or Maximum dpi  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to  
access these options.  
5. Select the appropriate Photo Fix options:  
•
•
Off: applies no HP Real Life Technologies to the image.  
Basic: automatically focuses the image; moderately adjusts image sharpness.  
6. To print the photo in black and white, click Grayscale from the Color pop-up  
menu, and then select one of the following options:  
•
•
High Quality: uses all the available colors to print your photo in grayscale.  
This creates smooth and natural shades of gray.  
Black Print Cartridge Only: uses black ink to print your photo in grayscale.  
The gray shading is created by varying patterns of black dots, which might  
result in a grainy image.  
7. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Print photos from a memory device  
You can insert supported memory cards into the slots located on the front of the  
printer. In addition, you can connect a USB storage device (such as a keychain drive  
or portable hard drive) to the USB port on the front of the printer. You can also connect  
a digital camera in storage mode to the USB port on the front of the printer and print  
photos directly from the camera.  
For more information about using memory devices, see Insert a memory device.  
CAUTION: Attempting to remove a memory device while it is being accessed can  
damage files on the card. You can safely remove a card only when the status light  
is not blinking. Also, never insert more than one storage device at a time as this  
can also damage files on the storage device.  
To print selected photos  
NOTE: This function is only available if the memory device does not contain  
Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) content.  
Print photos  
37  
       
Chapter 2  
1. Insert your memory card into the appropriate slot on the printer. The Photo screen  
appears on the control panel display.  
2. Touch View & Print. The photos are displayed.  
3. Do one of the following.  
a. Touch Select All.  
b. Touch Settings to make changes to layout, paper type, or date stamp, and  
then select Done.  
c. Touch Print. The preview screen appears. You have options on this screen to  
adjust the settings or add more photos. Touch the right and left arrows to  
preview all photos.  
d. Touch Print to print all the photos on the memory card.  
- or -  
a. Touch a photo you want to print. The photo enlarges and gives you several  
editing options.  
•
Touch the up and down arrows to specify the number of copies you want  
to print.  
•
•
Touch the Full Screen icon to enlarge the photo to fill the screen.  
Touch Edit to make changes to the photo before printing, such as Rotate,  
Crop, and Red Eye Removal.  
b. When you are finished making changes to the photo, touch Done. The preview  
image of the selected photo appears.  
c. Touch one of the following options.  
•
•
Touch Add More to select and edit more photos.  
Touch Settings to make changes to the way the photos are printed, such  
as layout, paper type, and date stamp, and then select Done.  
•
Touch Print to print the selected photos.  
Print DPOF photos  
Camera-selected photos are photos you marked for printing with your digital camera.  
Depending on your camera, the camera might identify page layout, number of copies,  
rotation, and other print settings.  
The printer supports the Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) file format 1.1, so you do  
not have to reselect the photos to print.  
When you print camera-selected photos, the printer's print settings do not apply; the  
DPOF settings for page layout and number of copies override those of the printer.  
NOTE: Not all digital cameras enable you to tag your photos for printing. See the  
documentation that came with your digital camera to see if your camera supports  
DPOF file format 1.1.  
To print camera-selected photos using the DPOF standard  
1. Insert your memory device into the appropriate slot on the printer.  
2. When prompted, do one of the following:  
•
•
Touch OK to print all DPOF-tagged photos.  
Touch No to bypass DPOF printing.  
38  
Print  
   
Print on special and custom-size paper  
If your application supports custom-size paper, set the size in the application before  
printing the document. If not, set the size in the printer driver. You might need to  
reformat existing documents to print them correctly on custom-size paper.  
Use only custom-size paper that is supported by the printer. For more information, see  
Media specifications.  
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of  
paper (called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see  
Print on both sides (duplexing).  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
Print on special or custom-size paper (Mac OS X)  
Print on special or custom-size paper (Mac OS X)  
NOTE: Before you can print on custom-size paper, you must set up the custom  
size in the HP software provided with the printer. For instructions, see Set up  
custom sizes (Mac OS X).  
1. Load the appropriate paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. Under Destination Paper Size, click Scale to fit paper size, and then select the  
custom size.  
Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
5. Change any other settings, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Set up custom sizes (Mac OS X)  
1. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
2. Select the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.  
3. Select Manage Custom Sizes in the Paper Size pop-up menu.  
4. Click the + on the left side of the screen, double-click Untitled, and type a name  
for the new, custom size.  
5. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then set the margins, if  
you want to customize them.  
6. Click OK.  
Print borderless documents  
Borderless printing lets you print to the edges of certain photo media types and  
a range of standard media sizes.  
NOTE: You cannot print a borderless document if the paper type is set to Plain  
paper.  
Print borderless documents  
39  
             
Chapter 2  
NOTE: Before printing a borderless document, open the file in a software  
application and assign the image size. Make sure the size corresponds to the  
media size on which you are printing the image.  
NOTE: Not all applications support borderless printing.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print borderless documents (Windows)  
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)  
Print borderless documents (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. To change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Click the Advanced tab.  
6. In the Borderless Printing option, click Print Borderless.  
7. Click the Paper/Qualtiy tab. In the Media drop-down list, select the appropriate  
paper type.  
8. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)  
NOTE: Follow these instructions to enable borderless printing.  
Mac OS 10.6. Under Paper Type/Quality, click to select the Print Borderless  
check box and adjust theBorderless Expansion setting as needed.  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Make sure the printer you want to use is selected.  
4. Click Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation  
setting), and then select the following settings:  
•
•
Paper Type: The appropriate paper type  
Quality: Best or Maximum dpi  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to  
access these options.  
5. If necessary, select the appropriate Photo Fix options:  
•
•
Off: applies no HP Real Life Technologies to the image.  
Basic: automatically focuses the image; moderately adjusts image sharpness.  
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
40  
Print  
       
HP ePrint  
With HP ePrint, you can print from email connected mobile phones, netbooks, or other  
mobile devices—anywhere, anytime. Using your mobile device service and the  
printer’s Web Services, you can print documents to a printer that could be sitting next  
to you or sitting thousands of miles away.  
To use the HP ePrint service, you need to have the following components:  
•
An HP ePrint-enabled printer that is connected to the Internet (either using an  
Ethernet cable or wireless connection)  
•
A device that has a functioning email capability  
Follow the instructions on the printer’s control panel to enable and set up the printer’s  
Web Services. For more information, see www.hp.com/go/ePrintCenter.  
Print on both sides (duplexing)  
You can print on both sides of a sheet of media automatically by using the duplexer.  
NOTE: The printer driver does not support manual duplexing. Two-sided printing  
requires an HP Automatic Two-sided Printing Accessory (duplexer) to be installed  
on the printer. A duplexer is standard on all models of the HP Officejet Pro 8500A  
(A910) e-All-in-One series printer.  
NOTE: You can perform manual duplexing by first printing only the odd pages,  
flipping the pages over, and then printing only the even pages.  
Perform two-sided printing (Windows)  
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Guidelines for printing on  
both sides of a page and Load media.  
2. Make sure the duplexer is installed correctly. For more information, see Install the  
duplexer.  
3. With a document open, click Print on the File menu, and then select Print on  
Both Sides on the Layout tab.  
4. Change any other settings, and then click OK.  
5. Print your document.  
Perform two-sided printing (Mac OS X)  
NOTE: Follow these instructions to enable two-sided printing and to change  
binding options.  
Mac OS 10.5. Click Two-Sided Printing under Copies & Pages, and then select  
the appropriate binding type.  
Mac OS 10.6.On the print dialog box, click to select the Two-Sided check box next  
to the Copies and Collated options. If the Two-Sided option is not available, verify  
that the duplex accessory is enabled in the printer driver. Select the binding type  
on the Layout panel.  
41  
Print on both sides (duplexing)  
     
Chapter 2  
1. Load the appropriate media. For more information, see Guidelines for printing on  
both sides of a page and Load media.  
2. Make sure the duplexer is installed correctly. For more information, see Install the  
duplexer.  
3. Verify that you are using the correct printer and page size in the Page Setup.  
4. On the File menu, click Print.  
5. Select the option to print on both sides.  
6. Change any other settings, and then click Print.  
42  
Print  
3 Scan  
You can use the printer’s control panel to scan documents, photos, and other originals  
and send them to a variety of destinations, such as a folder on a computer. You can  
also scan these originals from your computer using either the HP software provided  
with the printer or TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant programs.  
When scanning documents, you can use the HP software to scan documents into  
a format that you can search, copy, paste, and edit.  
NOTE: Some scan functions are only available after you install the HP software.  
TIP: If you have problems scanning documents, see Solve scan problems  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Scan an original  
Scan using Webscan  
Scanning documents as editable text  
Scan an original  
This section contains the following topics:  
NOTE: Your printer and computer must be connected and turned on.  
NOTE: If you are scanning an original from the printer control panel or from your  
computer using a the HP printer software, the HP software provided with the  
printer must also be installed and running on your computer prior to scanning.  
NOTE: If you are scanning a borderless original, load the original on the scanner  
glass, not the ADF.  
•
•
Scan to a computer  
Scan to a memory card  
Scan to a computer  
To scan an original to a computer from the printer control panel  
Use these steps to scan from the control panel.  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Scan, and then select Computer.  
NOTE: Windows users: If your computer does not appear in the list of  
destinations, you will need to restart your HP software's scan function on the  
destination computer.  
Scan  
43  
       
Chapter 3  
3. Touch Document Type to select the type of document you want to save. Make  
changes to scan options, if needed.  
4. Touch Start Scan.  
To scan an original from HP printer software  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. On the computer, open the HP scanning software:  
•
Windows: From the computer desktop, click Start, select Programs or All  
Programs, select the folder for your HP printer, and then select HP Scan.  
•
Mac OS X: Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock, click Applications, and then  
double-click HP Scan 3.  
3. To start the scan, click Scan.  
NOTE: For more information, see the online Help provided with the scanning  
software.  
Scan to a memory card  
To scan an original to a computer from the printer control panel  
Use these steps to scan an original to a memory card.  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Insert a memory card. For more information, see Insert a memory device.  
3. Touch Scan, and then select Memory Device.  
4. Touch Document Type to select the type of document you want to save. Make  
changes to scan options, if needed.  
5. Touch Start Scan.  
Scan using Webscan  
Webscan is a feature of the embedded Web server that lets you scan photos and  
documents from your printer to your computer using a Web browser. This feature is  
available even if you did not install the printer software on your computer.  
44  
Scan  
     
For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
To scan using Webscan  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original on the scanner glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder  
(ADF).  
2. Open the embedded Web server. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
3. Click the Scan tab, click Webscan in the left pane, change any settings, and then  
click Start Scan.  
Scanning documents as editable text  
When scanning documents, you can use the HP software to scan documents into  
a format that you can search, copy, paste, and edit. This allows you to edit letters,  
newspaper clippings, and many other documents.  
To ensure that the software can convert your documents successfully, do the following:  
•
Make sure the scanner glass or ADF window is clean.  
When the printer scans the document, smudges or dust on the scanner glass or  
ADF window can be scanned, as well, and can prevent the software from  
converting the document to editable text.  
•
Make sure the document is loaded correctly.  
When scanning documents as editable text from the ADF, the original must be  
loaded into the ADF with the top forward and face up. When scanning from the  
scanner glass, the original must be loaded with the top facing the right edge of the  
scanner glass. Also, make sure the document is not skewed. For more information,  
see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an original in the automatic  
document feeder (ADF).  
•
Make sure the text on the document is clear.  
To successfully convert the document to editable text, the original must be clear  
and of high quality. The following conditions can cause the software to not convert  
the document successfully:  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
The text on the original is faint or wrinkled.  
The text is too small.  
The structure of the document is too complex.  
The text is tightly spaced. For example, if the text that the software converts  
has missing or combined characters, "rn" might appear as "m."  
ƕ
The text is on a colored background. Colored backgrounds can cause images  
in the foreground to blend too much.  
45  
Scanning documents as editable text  
   
4 HP Digital Solutions  
The printer includes a collection of digital solutions that can help you simplify and  
streamline your work. These digital solutions include the following:  
•
•
HP DIrect Digital Filing (including Scan to Network Folder and Scan to E-mail)  
HP Digital Fax (including Fax to Network Folder and Fax to E-mail)  
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
see Finding the printer model number.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
What are HP Digital Solutions?  
Requirements  
Set up the HP Digital Solutions  
Use the HP Digital Solutions  
What are HP Digital Solutions?  
HP Digital Solutions are a set of tools provided with this printer that can help improve  
your office productivity.  
HP Direct Digital Filing  
HP Direct Digital Filing provides robust, general-office scanning—as well as basic,  
versatile, document-management capabilities—for multiple users over a network. With  
HP Direct Digital Filing, you can simply walk up to the printer, touch a button on the  
printer’s control panel, and either scan documents directly to computer folders on your  
network or quickly share them with business partners as e-mail attachments—and all  
without using additional scanning software.  
These scanned documents can be sent to a shared network folder for personal or  
group access or to one or more e-mail addresses for quick sharing. In addition, you  
can configure specific scan settings for each scan destination, allowing you to make  
sure that the best settings are being used for each specific task.  
HP Digital Fax  
Never lose important faxes misplaced within a stack of paper pages again!  
With HP Digital Fax, you can save incoming, black-and-white faxes to a computer  
folder on your network for easy sharing and storage, or you can forward faxes through  
e-mail—allowing you to receive important faxes from anywhere while working away  
from the office.  
In addition, you can turn off fax printing altogether — saving money on paper and ink,  
as well as helping reduce paper consumption and waste.  
46  
HP Digital Solutions  
       
Requirements  
Before you set up the digital solutions, make sure you have the following:  
For all HP Digital Solutions  
•
A network connection  
The printer can be connected either through a wireless connection or using an  
Ethernet cable.  
NOTE: If the printer is connected using a USB cable, you scan documents to  
a computer or attach scans to an e-mail message using the HP software. For  
more information, see Scan an original. You can receive faxes to your  
computer using Fax to PC or Fax to Mac. For more information, see Receive  
faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac).  
•
The HP software  
HP recommends that you set up the HP Digital Solutions using the HP software  
provided with the printer.  
TIP: If you would like to set up the HP Digital Solutions without installing the  
HP software, you can use the printer’s embedded Web server.  
For Scan to Network Folder, Fax to Network Folder  
•
Appropriate privileges on the network  
You must have write access to the folder.  
•
The name of the computer where the folder is located  
For information about finding the computer name, see the documentation for your  
operating system.  
•
•
•
The network address for the folder  
On computer running Windows, network addresses are usually written in this  
format: \\mypc\sharedfolder\  
A Windows shared folder or an SMB Shared Folder (Mac OS X only)  
For information about finding the computer name, see the documentation for your  
operating system.  
A username and password for the network (if necessary)  
For example, the Windows or Mac OS X username and password used to log onto  
the network.  
NOTE: HP Direct Digital Filing does not support Active Directory.  
Requirements  
47  
 
Chapter 4  
For Scan to E-mail, Fax to E-mail  
Note: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use Scan to  
Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number, see Finding  
the printer model number.  
•
•
•
A valid email address  
Outgoing SMTP server information  
An active Internet connection  
If you are setting up Scan to E-mail or Fax to E-mail on a computer running Windows,  
the setup wizard can automatically detect the e-mail settings for the following e-mail  
applications:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Microsoft Outlook 2003–2007 (Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7)  
Outlook Express (Windows XP)  
Windows Mail (Windows Vista)  
Mozilla Thunderbird (Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7)  
Qualcomm Eudora (version 7.0 and above) (Windows XP and Windows Vista)  
Netscape (version 7.0) (Windows XP)  
However, if your e-mail application is not listed above, you can still set up and use  
Scan to E-mail and Fax to E-mail if your e-mail application meets the requirements  
listed in this section.  
Set up the HP Digital Solutions  
You can set up the HP Digital Solutions using the HP software provided with the printer  
—either using software wizards that you can open from the HP printer software  
(Windows) or the HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
TIP: You can also use the printer's embedded Web server (EWS) to set up the  
HP Digital Solutions. For more information about using the EWS, see Embedded  
Web server.  
NOTE: If you are using the printer in an IPv6-only network environment, you must  
set up the digital solutions using the EWS.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Set up HP Direct Digital Filing  
Set Up HP Digital Fax  
Set up HP Direct Digital Filing  
To set up HP Direct Digital Filing, follow the appropriate instructions.  
NOTE: You can also use these steps to change settings in the future or turn off  
the feature.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Set Up Scan to Network Folder  
Set Up Scan to E-mail  
48  
HP Digital Solutions  
   
Set Up Scan to Network Folder  
You can configure up to 10 destination folders for each printer.  
NOTE: To use Scan to Network Folder, you must have created and configured  
the folder you are using on a computer connected to the network. You cannot  
create a folder from the printer's control panel. Also, make sure the folder  
preferences are set to provide read and write access. For more information about  
creating folders on the network and setting folder preferences, see the  
documentation for your operating system.  
After you finish setting up Scan to Network Folder, the HP software automatically  
saves the configurations to the printer.  
To set up Scan to Network Folder, complete the following steps for your operating  
system.  
Windows  
1. Open the HP Printer Software. Fore more information, see HP printer software  
(Windows).  
2. Double-click Scanner Actions, and then double-click Scan to Network Folder  
Wizard.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
NOTE: After you create destination folders, you can use the printer’s EWS to  
customize the scan settings for these folders. On the last screen of the Scan to  
Network Folder Wizard, make sure the Launch embedded Web server when  
finished checkbox is selected. When you click Finish, the EWS is displayed in  
your computer’s default Web browser. For more information about the embedded  
Web server, see Embedded Web server.  
Mac OS X  
1. Open the HP Utility. For more information, seeHP Utility (Mac OS X).  
2. Click Additional Settings. The printer’s embedded Web server (EWS) opens in  
your computer’s default Web browser.  
3. On the Home tab, click Network Folder Setup in the Setup box.  
4. Click New, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
NOTE: You can customize the scan settings for each destination folder.  
5. After you have entered the required information about the network folder, click  
Save and Test to make sure the link to the network folder is working correctly. The  
entry is added to the Network Folder list.  
Embedded Web server (EWS)  
1. Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, seeEmbedded  
Web server.  
2. On the Home tab, click Network Folder Setup in the Setup box.  
Set up the HP Digital Solutions  
49  
 
Chapter 4  
3. Click New, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
NOTE: You can customize the scan settings for each destination folder.  
4. After you have entered the required information about the network folder, click  
Save and Test to make sure the link to the network folder is working correctly. The  
entry is added to the Network Folder list.  
Set Up Scan to E-mail  
You can use the printer to scan documents and send them to one or more e-mail  
addresses as attachments—without additional scanning software. You do not need to  
scan files from your computer and attach them to e-mail messages.  
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
seeFinding the printer model number.  
To use the Scan to E-mail feature, complete the following steps:  
Step 1: Set the Outgoing E-mail Profiles  
Configure the e-mail address which will appear in the FROM portion of the e-mail  
message sent by the printer. You can add up to 10 Outgoing E-mail Profiles. You can  
use the HP software installed on your computer to create these profiles.  
Step 2: Add e-mail addresses to the E-mail Address Book  
Manage the list of people to whom you can send e-mail messages from the printer.  
You can add up to 5 e-mail addresses or e-mail groups, as well as their corresponding  
contact names. To add e-mail addresses, you must use the printer’s embedded Web  
server (EWS).  
Step 3: Configure other e-mail options  
You can configure default SUBJECT and body text that is included in all e-mail  
messages sent from the printer. To configure these options, you must use the printer’s  
EWS.  
Step 1: Set up the outgoing e-mail profiles  
To set up the outgoing e-mail profile used by the printer, complete the following steps  
for your operating system.  
Windows  
1. Open the HP printer software. For more information, see HP printer software  
(Windows).  
2. Double-click Scanner Actions, and then double-click Scan to E-mail Wizard..  
3. Click New, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
50  
HP Digital Solutions  
 
NOTE: After you set the Outgoing E-mail Profile, you can use the printer’s  
embedded Web server (EWS) to add more Outgoing E-mail Profiles, add e-mail  
addresses to the E-mail Address Book, and configure other e-mail options. To  
open the EWS automatically, make sure the Launch embedded Web server  
when finished checkbox is selected on the last screen of the Scan to E-mail  
Wizard. When you click Finish, the EWS is displayed in your computer’s default  
Web browser. For more information about the embedded Web server, see  
Embedded Web server  
Mac OS X  
1. Open the HP Utility. For more information, see HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
2. Click Additional Settings. The printer’s embedded Web server (EWS) opens in  
your computer’s default Web browser.  
3. On the Home tab, click Outgoing E-mail Profiles in the Setup box.  
4. Click New, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
5. After you have entered the required information about the network folder, click  
Save and Test to make sure the link to the network folder is working correctly. The  
entry is added to the Outgoing E-mail Profiles list.  
Embedded Web server (EWS)  
1. Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded  
Web server.  
2. On the Home tab, click Outgoing E-mail Profiles in the Setup box.  
3. Click New, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. After you have entered the required information about the network folder, click  
Save and Test to make sure the link to the network folder is working correctly. The  
entry is added to the Outgoing E-mail Profile List.  
Step 2: Add e-mail addresses to the E-mail Address Book  
To add e-mail addresses to the E-mail Address Book, complete the following steps:  
1. Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded  
Web server.  
2. On the Scan tab, click E-mail Address Book.  
3. Click New to add a single e-mail address.  
-Or-  
Click Group to create an e-mail distribution list.  
NOTE: Before you can create an e-mail distribution list, you must have  
already added at least one e-mail address to the E-mail Address Book.  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions. The entry is added to the E-mail Address Book.  
NOTE: Contact names appear on the printer’s control-panel display and in  
your e-mail application.  
Set up the HP Digital Solutions  
51  
Chapter 4  
Step 3: Configure other e-mail options  
To configure other e-mail options (such as configuring default SUBJECT and body text  
that is included in all e-mail messages sent from the printer, as well as scan settings  
used when sending e-mail from the printer), complete the following steps:  
1. Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded  
Web server.  
2. On the Scan tab, click E-mail Options.  
3. Change any settings, and then click Apply.  
Set Up HP Digital Fax  
With HP Digital Fax, the printer automatically receives faxes and saves the faxes  
directly to a network folder (Fax to Network Folder) or forwards these faxes as email  
attachments (Fax to E-mail).  
NOTE: You can configure HP Digital Fax either to use Fax to Network Folder or  
to use Fax to E-mail. You cannot use both at the same time.  
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
see Finding the printer model number.  
Received faxes are saves as TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) files.  
CAUTION: HP Digital Fax is available for receiving black-and-white faxes only.  
Color faxes are printed instead of being saved to the computer.  
Windows  
1. Open the HP printer software.  
2. Double–click Fax Actions, and then double-click Digital Fax Setup Wizard.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
NOTE: After you set up HP Digital Fax, you can use the printer’s embedded Web  
server (EWS) to edit HP Digital Fax settings. To open the EWS automatically,  
make sure the Launch embedded Web server when finished checkbox is  
selected on the last screen of the Digital Fax Setup Wizard. When you click Finish,  
the EWS is displayed in your computer’s default Web browser. For more  
information about the embedded Web server, see Embedded Web server.  
Mac OS X  
1. Open the HP Utility. For more information, see HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
2. Click Additional Settings. The printer’s embedded Web server (EWS) opens in  
your computer’s default Web browser.  
3. On the Home tab, click Fax to E-mail/Network Folder in the Setup box.  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
5. After you have entered the required information, click Save and Test to make sure  
the link to the network folder is working correctly.  
52  
HP Digital Solutions  
 
Embedded Web server (EWS)  
1. On the Home tab, click Fax to E-mail/Network Folder in the Setup box.  
2. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. After you have entered the required information, click Save and Test to make sure  
the link to the network folder is working correctly.  
Use the HP Digital Solutions  
To use the HP Digital Solutions available with the printer, follow the appropriate  
instructions.  
Use HP Scan to Network Folder  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Scan, and then touch Network Folder.  
3. On the control-panel display, select the name that corresponds to the folder you  
want to use.  
4. If prompted, enter the PIN.  
5. Change any scan settings, and then touch Start Scan.  
NOTE: The connection might take some time, depending on network traffic and  
connection speed.  
Use Scan to E-mail  
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
see Finding the printer model number.  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Scan, and then touch E-mail.  
3. On the control-panel display, select the name that corresponds to the Outgoing E-  
mail Profile you want to use.  
4. If prompted, enter the PIN.  
5. Select the TO e-mail address (the e-mail recipient) or enter an e-mail address.  
6. Enter or change the SUBJECT for the e-mail message.  
7. Change any scan settings, and then touch Start Scan.  
NOTE: The connection might take some time, depending on network traffic and  
connection speed.  
Use the HP Digital Solutions  
53  
     
Chapter 4  
Use HP Digital Fax  
After you set up HP Digital Fax, any black-and-white faxes that you receive print, by  
default, and then are saved to the designated destination—either the network folder or  
email address that you have specified:  
•
If you are using Fax to Network Folder, this process happens in the background.  
HP Digital Fax does not notify you when faxes are saved to the network folder.  
•
If you are using Fax to E-mail and if your e-mail application is set to notify you  
when new e-mail messages arrive in your inbox, you can see when new faxes  
arrive.  
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
see Finding the printer model number.  
54  
HP Digital Solutions  
 
5 Copy  
You can produce high-quality color and grayscale copies on a variety of paper types  
and sizes.  
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the  
printer's memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax  
pages stored in memory.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Copy documents  
Change copy settings  
Copy documents  
You can make quality copies from the printer control panel.  
To copy documents  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass or face up in the ADF.  
NOTE: If you are copying a photo, place the photo on the scanner glass face  
down, as shown on the icon on the edge of the scanner glass.  
3. Touch Copy.  
4. Change any additional settings. For more information, see Change copy settings  
5. To start the copy job, touch one of the following:  
•
•
Start Black: To select a black-and-white copy job.  
Start Color : To select a color copy job.  
NOTE: If you have a color original, selecting the Black function produces  
a black-and-white copy of the color original, while selecting the Color function  
produces a full-color copy of the color original.  
Change copy settings  
You can customize copy jobs using the various settings available from the printer's  
control panel, including the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Number of copies  
Copy paper size  
Copy paper type  
Copy speed or quality  
Lighter/Darker settings  
Resizing originals to fit on different paper sizes  
Copy  
55  
         
Chapter 5  
You can use these settings for single copy jobs, or you can save settings to be used  
as defaults for future jobs.  
To change copy settings for a single job  
1. Touch Copy.  
2. Select the copy function settings you want to change.  
3. Touch Start Black or Start Color.  
To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs  
1. Touch Copy.  
2. Make any changes to the copy function settings, and then touch Settings.  
3. Touch down arrow , and then select Set As New Defaults .  
4. Touch Yes, change defaults, and then select Done.  
56  
Copy  
   
6
Fax  
You can use the printer to send and receive faxes, including color faxes. You can  
schedule faxes to be sent at a later time and set up speed-dials to send faxes quickly  
and easily to frequently used numbers. From the printer control panel, you can also  
set a number of fax options, such as resolution and the contrast between lightness  
and darkness on the faxes you send.  
NOTE: Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up the printer correctly  
for faxing. You might have already done this as part of the initial setup, by using  
either the control panel or the HP software provided with the printer. You can verify  
the fax is set up correctly by running the fax setup test from the control panel. For  
more information on the fax test, see Test fax setup.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send a fax  
Receive a fax  
Set up speed-dial entries  
Change fax settings  
Fax and digital phone services  
Fax over Internet Protocol  
Use reports  
Send a fax  
You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the printer control panel, you can send  
a black-and-white or color fax. You can also send a fax manually from an attached  
phone. This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending the fax.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send a standard fax  
Send a standard fax from the computer  
Send a fax manually from a phone  
Send a fax using monitor dialing  
Send a fax from memory  
Schedule a fax to send later  
Send a fax to multiple recipients  
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode  
Send a standard fax  
You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white or color fax by using  
the printer control panel.  
NOTE: If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,  
enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes.  
57  
Fax  
           
Chapter 6  
TIP: You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor dialing.  
These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are also useful  
when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you have to respond to  
tone prompts while dialing.  
To send a standard fax from the printer control panel  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Fax.  
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad.  
TIP: To add a pause in the fax number you are entering, touch * repeatedly,  
until a dash (-) appears on the display.  
4. Touch Start Black or Start Color.  
If the printer detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it  
sends the document to the number you entered.  
TIP: If the recipient reports issues with the quality of the fax you sent, you can  
try changing the resolution or contrast of your fax.  
Send a standard fax from the computer  
You can send a document on your computer as a fax, without printing a copy and  
faxing it from the printer.  
NOTE: Faxes sent from your computer by this method use the printer’s fax  
connection, not your Internet connection or computer modem. Therefore, make  
sure the printer is connected to a working telephone line and that the fax function is  
set up and functioning correctly.  
To use this feature, you must install the printer software using the installation program  
provided on the HP software CD provided with the printer.  
Windows  
1. Open the document on your computer that you want to fax.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. From the Name list, select the printer that has “fax” in the name.  
4. To change settings (such as selecting to send the document as a black fax or  
a color fax), click the button that opens the Properties dialog box. Depending on  
your software application, this button might be called Properties, Options, Printer  
Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. After you have changed any settings, click OK.  
6. Click Print or OK.  
7. Enter the fax number and other information for the recipient, change any further  
settings for the fax, and then click Send Fax. The printer begins dialing the fax  
number and faxing the document.  
58  
Fax  
   
Mac OS X  
1. Open the document on your computer that you want to fax.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the printer that has “(Fax)” in the name.  
4. Select Fax Recipients from the pop-up menu below the Orientation setting.  
NOTE: If you cannot find the pop-up menu, try clicking the blue disclosure  
triangle next to the Printer selection.  
5. Enter the fax number and other information in the boxes provided, and then click  
Add to Recipients.  
6. Select the Fax Mode and any other fax options you want, and then click Send Fax  
Now to begins dialing the fax number and faxing the document.  
Send a fax manually from a phone  
Sending a fax manually allows you to make a phone call and talk with the recipient  
before you send the fax. This is useful if you want to inform the recipient that you are  
going to send them a fax before sending it. When you send a fax manually, you can  
hear the dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your  
telephone. This makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.  
Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might  
answer the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the  
phone, you can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine  
answers the call, you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the  
fax tones from the receiving fax machine.  
To send a fax manually from an extension phone  
1. Load your original print-side down in the right-front corner of the glass or in the  
ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass or Load an  
original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Fax.  
3. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to the printer.  
NOTE: Do not use the keypad on the control panel of the printer when  
manually sending a fax. You must use the keypad on your phone to dial the  
recipient's number.  
59  
Send a fax  
   
Chapter 6  
4. If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before  
sending your fax.  
NOTE: If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the  
receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.  
5. When you are ready to send the fax, touch Start Black or Start Color.  
NOTE: If prompted, select Send Fax.  
If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax, inform the recipient  
that they should press Start on their fax machine after they hear fax tones.  
The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can hang  
up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient, remain on  
the line until the fax transmission is complete.  
Send a fax using monitor dialing  
Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the printer control panel as you would  
dial a regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the  
dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on the printer.  
This enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace of  
your dialing.  
TIP: If you are using a calling card and do not enter your PIN fast enough, the  
printer might start sending fax tones too soon and cause your PIN not to be  
recognized by the calling card service. If this is the case, you can create a speed  
dial entry to store the PIN for your calling card. For more information, see Set up  
speed-dial entries.  
NOTE: Make sure the volume is turned on to hear a dial tone.  
To send a fax using monitor dialing from the printer control panel  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Fax, and then touch Start Black or Start Color.  
If the printer detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, you hear  
a dial tone.  
3. When you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the printer  
control panel.  
4. Follow any prompts that might occur.  
TIP: If you are using a calling card to send a fax and you have your calling  
card PIN stored as a speed dial, when prompted to enter your PIN, touch  
(Speed Dial) to select the speed dial entry where you have your PIN stored.  
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.  
Send a fax from memory  
You can scan a black-and-white fax into memory and then send the fax from memory.  
This feature is useful if the fax number you are trying to reach is busy or temporarily  
60  
Fax  
       
unavailable. The printer scans the originals into memory and sends them once it is  
able to connect to the receiving fax machine. After the printer scans the pages into  
memory, you can immediately remove the originals from the document feeder tray or  
scanner glass.  
NOTE: You can only send a black-and-white fax from memory.  
To send a fax from memory  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Fax, and then touch Fax Options orFax Settings.  
3. Touch Scan and Fax.  
4.  
Enter the fax number by using the keypad, touch  
(Speed Dial) to select  
a speed dial, or touch  
number.  
(Call History) to select a previously dialed or received  
5. Touch Start Fax.  
The printer scans the originals into memory and sends the fax when the receiving  
fax machine is available.  
Schedule a fax to send later  
You can schedule a black-and-white fax to be sent within the next 24 hours. This  
enables you to send a black-and-white fax late in the evening, when phone lines are  
not as busy or phone rates are lower, for example. The printer automatically sends  
your fax at the specified time.  
You can only schedule one fax to be sent at a time. You can continue to send faxes  
normally, however, while a fax is scheduled.  
NOTE: You can only send faxes in black-and-white.  
To schedule a fax from the printer control panel  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2. Touch Fax, and then touch Fax Options or Fax Settings.  
3. Touch Send Fax Later.  
4. Enter the send time by using the numeric keypad, touch AM or PM, and then  
select Done.  
5.  
Enter the fax number by using the keypad, touch  
(Speed Dial) to select  
a speed dial, or touch  
number.  
(Call History) to select a previously dialed or received  
6. Touch Start Fax.  
The printer scans all pages and the scheduled time appears on the display. The  
fax is sent at the scheduled time.  
61  
Send a fax  
   
Chapter 6  
To cancel a scheduled fax  
1. Touch the Send Fax Later message on the display.  
– OR –  
Touch Fax, and then select Fax Options or Fax Settings.  
2. Touch Cancel Scheduled Fax .  
Send a fax to multiple recipients  
You can send a fax to multiple recipients at once by grouping individual speed dial  
entries into group speed dial entries.  
To send a fax to multiple recipients using group speed dial  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
2.  
Touch Fax, touch  
3. Touch Start Black.  
(Speed Dial), and then select the group you want to fax to.  
If the printer detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends  
the document to each number in the group speed dial entry.  
NOTE: You can only use group speed dial entries to send faxes in black and  
white, because of memory limitations. The printer scans the fax into memory  
then dials the first number. When a connection is made, it sends the fax and  
dials the next number. If a number is busy or not answering, the printer follows  
the settings for Busy Redial and No Answer Redial. If a connection cannot be  
made, the next number is dialed and an error report is generated.  
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode  
Error Correction Mode (ECM) prevents loss of data due to poor phone lines by  
detecting errors that occur during transmission and automatically requesting  
retransmission of the erroneous portion. Phone charges are unaffected, or might even  
be reduced, on good phone lines. On poor phone lines, ECM increases sending time  
and phone charges, but sends the data much more reliably. The default setting is On.  
Turn ECM off only if it increases phone charges substantially, and if you can accept  
poorer quality in exchange for reduced charges.  
Before turning the ECM setting off, consider the following. If you turn ECM off  
•
•
•
The quality and transmission speed of faxes you send and receive are affected.  
The Fax Speed is automatically set to Medium.  
You no longer send or receive faxes in color.  
To change the ECM setting from the control panel  
1. From the Home screen, touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup and then select Advanced Fax Setup.  
3. Touch down arrow , and then select Error Correction Mode.  
4. Select On or Off.  
62  
Fax  
         
Receive a fax  
You can receive faxes automatically or manually. If you turn off the Auto Answer  
option, you must receive faxes manually. If you turn on the Auto Answer option (the  
default setting), the printer automatically answers incoming calls and receives faxes  
after the number of rings that are specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The  
default Rings to Answer setting is five rings.)  
If you receive a Legal-size or larger fax and the printer is not currently set to use Legal-  
size paper, the printer reduces the fax so that it fits on the paper that is loaded. If you  
have disabled the Automatic Reduction feature, the printer prints the fax on two  
pages.  
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the  
printer memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages  
stored in memory.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Receive a fax manually  
Set up backup fax  
Reprint received faxes from memory  
Poll to receive a fax  
Forward faxes to another number  
Set the paper size for received faxes  
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes  
Block unwanted fax numbers  
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
Receive a fax manually  
When you are on the phone, the person you are speaking with can send you a fax  
while you are still connected. This is referred to as manual faxing. Use the instructions  
in this section to receive a manual fax.  
NOTE: You can pick up the handset to talk or listen for fax tones.  
You can receive faxes manually from a phone that is:  
•
•
Directly connected to the printer (on the 2-EXT port)  
On the same phone line, but not directly connected to the printer  
To receive a fax manually  
1. Make sure the printer is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Remove any originals from the document feeder tray.  
3. Set the Rings to Answer setting to a high number to allow you to answer the  
incoming call before the printer answers. Or, turn off the Auto Answer setting so  
that the printer does not automatically answer incoming calls.  
63  
Receive a fax  
       
Chapter 6  
4. If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press Start  
on their fax machine.  
5. When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:  
a. Touch Fax, and then select Start Black or Start Color.  
b. After the printer begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone or  
remain on the line. The phone line is silent during fax transmission.  
Set up backup fax  
Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the printer to  
store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the printer is in an error  
condition, or none of the faxes it receives.  
The following backup fax modes are available:  
On  
The default setting. When Backup fax is On, the printer stores all  
received faxes in memory. This enables you to reprint up to eight of the  
most recently printed faxes if they are still saved in memory.  
NOTE: When printer memory is low, it overwrites the oldest, printed  
faxes as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full of unprinted  
faxes, the printer stops answering incoming fax calls.  
NOTE: If you receive a fax that is too large, such as a very detailed  
color photo, it might not be stored in memory due to memory limitations.  
On Error Only  
Causes the printer to store faxes in memory only if an error condition  
exists that prevents the printer from printing the faxes (for example, if the  
printer runs out of paper). The printer continues to store incoming faxes  
as long as there is memory available. (If the memory becomes full, the  
printer stops answering incoming fax calls.) When the error condition is  
resolved, the faxes stored in memory print automatically, and then they  
are deleted from memory.  
Off  
Faxes are never stored in memory. For example, you might want to turn  
off Backup fax for security purposes. If an error condition occurs that  
prevents the printer from printing (for example, the printer runs out of  
paper), the printer stops answering incoming fax calls.  
NOTE: If backup fax is enabled and you turn the printer off, all faxes stored in  
memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that you might have received  
while the printer was in an error condition. You must contact the senders to ask  
them to resend any unprinted faxes. For a list of the faxes you have received, print  
the Fax Log. The Fax Log is not deleted when the printer is turned off.  
To set backup fax from the printer control panel  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Advanced Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Backup Fax Reception.  
4. Touch On, On Error Only, or Off.  
64  
Fax  
   
Reprint received faxes from memory  
If you set the Backup fax mode to On, the received faxes are stored in memory,  
whether the printer has an error condition or not.  
NOTE: After the memory becomes full, the oldest, printed faxes are overwritten  
as new faxes are received. If all the stored faxes are unprinted, the printer does not  
receive any fax calls until you print or delete the faxes from memory. You might  
also want to delete the faxes in memory for security or privacy purposes.  
Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the most  
recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need to  
reprint your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.  
To reprint faxes in memory from the printer control panel  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
3. Touch Tools or Fax Tools, and then select Reprint Faxes in Memory.  
The faxes are printed in the reverse order from which they were received with the  
most recently received fax printed first, and so on.  
4. If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, touch Cancel.  
Poll to receive a fax  
Polling allows the printer to ask another fax machine to send a fax that it has in its  
queue. When you use the Poll to Receive feature, the printer calls the designated fax  
machine and requests the fax from it. The designated fax machine must be set for  
polling and have a fax ready to send.  
NOTE: The printer does not support polling pass codes. Polling pass codes are  
a security feature that require the receiving fax machine to provide a pass code to  
the printer it is polling in order to receive the fax. Make sure the printer you are  
polling does not have a pass code set up (or has not changed the default pass  
code) or the printer cannot receive the fax.  
To set up poll to receive a fax from the printer control panel  
1. Touch Fax, and then select Fax Settings orOther Methods.  
2. Touch Poll to Receive.  
3. Enter the fax number of the other fax machine.  
4. Touch Start Fax.  
Forward faxes to another number  
You can set up the printer to forward your faxes to another fax number. A received  
color fax is forwarded in black and white.  
65  
Receive a fax  
           
Chapter 6  
HP recommends that you verify the number you are forwarding to is a working fax line.  
Send a test fax to make sure the fax machine is able to receive your forwarded faxes.  
To forward faxes from the printer control panel  
1. TouchSetup.  
2. Touch Fax Settings or Fax Setup, and then select Advanced Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Forwarding.  
4. Touch On (Print and Forward) to print and forward the fax, or select On  
(Forward) to forward the fax.  
NOTE: If the printer is not able to forward the fax to the designated fax  
machine (for example, if it is not turned on), the printer prints the fax. If you set  
up the printer to print error reports for received faxes, it also prints an error  
report.  
5. At the prompt, enter the number of the fax machine intended to receive the  
forwarded faxes, and then touch Done. Repeat for each of the following prompts:  
start date, start time, end date, and end time.  
6. Fax forwarding is activated. Touch Ok to confirm.  
If the printer loses power when fax forwarding is set up, it saves the fax forwarding  
setting and phone number. When the power is restored to the printer, the fax  
forwarding setting is still On.  
NOTE: You can cancel fax forwarding by selecting Off from the Fax  
Forwarding menu.  
Set the paper size for received faxes  
You can select the paper size for received faxes. The paper size you select should  
match what is loaded in your main tray. Faxes can be printed on Letter, A4, or Legal  
paper only.  
NOTE: If an incorrect paper size is loaded in the main tray when you receive  
a fax, the fax does not print and an error message appears on the display. Load  
letter, A4, or legal paper, and then touch OK to print the fax.  
To set the paper size for received faxes from the printer control panel  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Paper Size, and then select an option.  
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes  
The Automatic Reduction setting determines what the printer does if it receives a fax  
that is too large for the default paper size. This setting is turned on by default, so the  
image of the incoming fax is reduced to fit on one page, if possible. If this feature is  
turned off, information that does not fit on the first page is printed on a second page.  
Automatic Reduction is useful when you receive a Legal-size fax and Letter-size  
paper is loaded in the main tray.  
66  
Fax  
       
To set automatic reduction from the printer control panel  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Advanced Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Automatic Reduction, and then select On or Off.  
Block unwanted fax numbers  
If you subscribe to a caller ID service through your phone provider, you can block  
specific fax numbers so the printer does not print faxes received from those numbers.  
When an incoming fax call is received, the printer compares the number to the list of  
junk fax numbers to determine if the call should be blocked. If the number matches  
a number in the blocked fax numbers list, the fax is not printed. (The maximum  
number of fax numbers you can block varies by model.)  
NOTE: This feature is not supported in all countries/regions. If it is not supported  
in your country/region, Junk Fax Blocker does not appear in the Fax Options  
orFax Settings menu.  
NOTE: If no phone numbers are added in the Caller ID list, it is assumed that a  
Caller ID service has not been subscribed to with the phone company.  
•
•
•
Add numbers to the junk fax list  
Remove numbers from the junk fax list  
Print a Junk Fax Report  
Add numbers to the junk fax list  
You can block specific numbers by adding them to the junk fax list.  
To add a number to the junk fax list  
1. Touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Junk Fax Blocker.  
4. A message appears stating that Caller ID is required to block junk faxes. Touch  
OK to continue.  
5. Touch Add Numbers.  
6. To select a fax number to block from the caller ID list, touch Select from Caller ID  
History.  
- or -  
To manually enter a fax number to block, touch Enter new number.  
7. After entering a fax number to block, touch Done.  
NOTE: Make sure you enter the fax number as it appears on the control-  
panel display, and not the fax number that appears on the fax header of the  
received fax, as these numbers can be different.  
67  
Receive a fax  
     
Chapter 6  
Remove numbers from the junk fax list  
If you no longer want to block a fax number, you can remove a number from your junk  
fax list.  
To remove numbers from the list of junk fax numbers  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch down arrow , and then select Junk Fax Blocker or Junk Fax Blocker  
Setup.  
4. Touch Remove Numbers.  
5. Touch the number you want to remove, and then select OK.  
Print a Junk Fax Report  
Use the following procedure to print a list of blocked junk fax numbers.  
To print a Junk Fax Report  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch down arrow , and then select Junk Fax Blocker.  
4. Touch Print Reports, and then select Junk Fax List.  
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
If the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, you can use Fax to PC  
and Fax to Mac to automatically receive faxes and save faxes directly to your  
computer. With Fax to PC and Fax to Mac, you can store digital copies of your faxes  
easily and also eliminate the hassle of dealing with bulky paper files.  
NOTE: If the printer is connected to a network using an Ethernet cable or  
a wireless connection, you can use HP Digital Fax instead. For more information,  
see HP Digital Solutions.  
Received faxes are saved as TIFF (Tagged Image File Format). Once the fax is  
received, you get an on-screen notification with a link to the folder where the fax is  
saved.  
The files are named in the following method: XXXX_YYYYYYYY_ZZZZZZ.tif, where  
X is the sender's information, Y is the date, and Z is the time that the fax was received.  
NOTE: Fax to PC and Fax to Mac are available for receiving black-and-white  
faxes only. Color faxes are printed instead of being saved to the computer.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements  
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac  
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings  
68  
Fax  
     
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements  
•
•
•
The administrator computer, the computer that activated the Fax to PC or Fax to  
Mac feature, must be on at all times. Only one computer can act as the Fax to PC  
or Fax to Mac administrator computer.  
The destination folder's computer or server must be on at all times. The destination  
computer must also be awake, faxes will not be saved if the computer is asleep or  
in hibernate mode.  
Paper must be loaded in the input tray.  
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac  
On a computer running Windows, you can use the Digital Fax Setup Wizard to activate  
Fax to PC. On a Macintosh computer, you can use the HP Utility.  
To set up Fax to PC (Windows)  
1. Open the HP printer software. For more information, see HP printer software  
(Windows).  
2. Double-click Fax Actions, and then double-click Digital Fax Setup Wizard.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To set up Fax to Mac (Mac OS X)  
1. Open the HP Utility. For more information, see HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings  
You can update the Fax to PC settings from your computer at any time from the Digital  
Fax Setup Wizard. You can update the Fax to Mac settings from the HP Utility.  
You can turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and disable printing faxes from the printer's  
control panel.  
To modify settings from the printer’s control panel  
1. Touch (right arrow), and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, touch Basic Fax Setup, and then touch Fax to PC.  
3. Select the setting that you want to change. You can change the following settings:  
•
View PC hostname: View the name of the computer that is set up to  
administer Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.  
•
Turn Off: Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.  
NOTE: Use the HP software on your computer to turn on Fax to PC or  
Fax to Mac.  
•
Disable Fax Print: Choose this option to print faxes as they are received. If  
you turn off printing, color faxes will still print.  
69  
Receive a fax  
     
Chapter 6  
To modify settings from the HP software (Windows)  
1. Open the HP printer software. For more information, see HP printer software  
(Windows).  
2. Double-click Fax Actions, and then double-click Digital Fax Setup Wizard.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To modify settings from the HP software (Mac OS X)  
1. Open the HP Utility. For more information, see HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac  
1. Touch (right arrow), and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, touch Basic Fax Setup, and then touch Fax to PC.  
3. Touch Turn Off.  
Set up speed-dial entries  
You can set up frequently used fax numbers as speed-dial entries. This lets you dial  
those numbers quickly by using the printer’s control panel.  
TIP: In addition to creating and managing speed-dial entries from the printer’s  
control panel, you can also use tools available on your computer, such as the HP  
software included with the printer and the printer’s embedded Web server (EWS).  
For more information, see Printer management tools.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Set up and change speed-dial entries  
Set up and change group speed-dial entries  
Delete speed-dial entries  
Print a list of speed-dial entries  
Set up and change speed-dial entries  
You can store fax numbers as speed-dial entries.  
To set up speed-dial entries  
1. On the printer’s control panel, touch right arrow , and then touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Speed Dial Setup.  
3. Touch Add/Edit Speed Dial, and then touch an unused entry number.  
4. Type the fax number, and then touch Next.  
NOTE: Be sure to include any pauses or other required numbers, such as an  
area code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or  
0), or a long-distance prefix.  
5. Type the name for the speed-dial entry, and then touch Done.  
70  
Fax  
   
To change speed-dial entries  
1. On the printer’s control panel, touch right arrow , and then touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Speed Dial Setup.  
3. Touch Add/Edit Speed Dial, and then touch the speed-dial entry you want to  
change.  
4. If you want to change the fax number, type the new number, and then touch Next.  
NOTE: Be sure to include any pauses or other required numbers, such as an  
area code, an access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or  
0), or a long-distance prefix.  
5. If you want to change the name of the speed-dial entry, type the new name, and  
then touch Done.  
Set up and change group speed-dial entries  
You can store groups of fax numbers as group speed-dial entries.  
To set up group speed-dial entries  
NOTE: Before you can create a group speed-dial entry, you must have already  
created at least one speed-dial entry.  
1. On the printer’s control panel, touch right arrow , and then touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Speed Dial Setup.  
3. Touch Group Speed Dial, and then touch an unused entry number.  
4. Touch the speed-dial entries you want to include in the group speed-dial entry, and  
then touch OK.  
5. Type the name for the speed-dial entry, and then touch Done.  
To change group speed-dial entries  
1. On the printer’s control panel, touch right arrow , and then touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Speed Dial Setup.  
3. Select Group Speed Dial, and then touch the entry you want to change.  
4. If you want to add or remove speed-dial entries from the group, touch the speed-  
dial entries you want to include or those you want to remove, and then touch OK.  
5. If you want to change the name of the group speed-dial, type the new name, and  
then touch Done.  
Set up speed-dial entries  
71  
 
Chapter 6  
Delete speed-dial entries  
To delete speed-dial entries or group speed-dial entries, complete the following steps:  
1. On the printer’s control panel, touchright arrow , and then touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Speed Dial Setup.  
3. Touch Delete Speed Dial, touch the entry you want to delete, and then touch Yes  
to confirm.  
NOTE: Deleting a group speed-dial entry does not delete the individual  
speed-dial entries.  
Print a list of speed-dial entries  
To print a list of all of the speed-dial entries that have been set up, complete the  
following steps:  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the printer’s control panel, touch right arrow , and then touch Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Speed Dial Setup.  
4. Touch Print Speed Dial List.  
Change fax settings  
After completing the steps in the getting started guide that came with the printer, use  
the following steps to change the initial settings or to configure other options for faxing.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Configure the fax header  
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)  
Set the number of rings before answering  
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring  
Set the dial type  
Set the redial options  
Set the fax speed  
Set the fax sound volume  
Configure the fax header  
The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP  
recommends that you set up the fax header by using the HP software provided with  
the printer. You can also set up the fax header from the printer control panel, as  
described here.  
NOTE: In some countries/regions, the fax header information is a legal  
requirement.  
To set or change the fax header  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Header.  
72  
Fax  
           
4. Enter your personal or company name, and then touch Done.  
5. Enter your fax number, and then touch Done.  
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)  
The answer mode determines whether the printer answers incoming calls.  
•
Turn on the Auto Answer setting if you want the printer to answer faxes  
automatically. The printer answers all incoming calls and faxes.  
•
Turn off the Auto Answer setting if you want to receive faxes manually. You must  
be available to respond in person to the incoming fax call or else the printer does  
not receive faxes.  
To set the answer mode  
1. Touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup .  
3. Touch Auto Answer, and then select On or Off.  
When Auto Answer is On, the printer answers calls automatically. When Auto  
Answer is Off, it does not answer calls.  
Set the number of rings before answering  
If you turn on the Auto Answer setting, you can specify how many rings occur before  
incoming calls are automatically answered.  
The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the  
same phone line as the printer, because you want the answering machine to answer  
the phone before the printer does. The number of rings to answer for the printer  
should be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine.  
For example, set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the printer to  
answer in the maximum number of rings. (The maximum number of rings varies by  
country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the printer  
monitors the line. If the printer detects fax tones, it receives the fax. If the call is  
a voice call, the answering machine records the incoming message.  
To set the number of rings before answering  
1. Touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Rings to Answer.  
4. Touch up arrow or down arrow to change the number of rings.  
5. Touch Done to accept the setting.  
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring  
Many phone companies offer a distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several  
phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each number  
is assigned a different ring pattern. You can set up the printer to answer incoming calls  
that have a specific ring pattern.  
73  
Change fax settings  
           
Chapter 6  
If you connect the printer to a line with distinctive ring, have your telephone company  
assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to fax calls. HP  
recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number. When the printer  
detects the specified ring pattern, it answers the call and receives the fax.  
TIP: You can also use the Ring Pattern Detection feature in the printer’s control  
panel to set distinctive ring. With this feature, the printer recognizes and records  
the ring pattern of an incoming call and, based on this call, automatically  
determines the distinctive ring pattern assigned by your telephone company to fax  
calls.  
If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All  
Rings.  
NOTE: The printer cannot receive faxes when the main phone number is off the  
hook.  
To change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring  
1. Verify that the printer is set to answer fax calls automatically.  
2. On the printer control panel, touch Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Advanced Fax Setup  
4. Touch Distinctive Ring.  
5. A message appears stating that this setting should not be changed unless you  
have multiple numbers on the same telephone line. Touch Yes to continue.  
6. Do one of the following:  
•
Touch the ring pattern assigned by your telephone company to fax calls.  
- Or -  
•
Touch Ring Pattern Detection, and then follow the instructions on the printer’s  
control panel.  
NOTE: If the Ring Pattern Detection feature cannot detect the ring pattern or  
if you cancel the feature before it finishes, the ring pattern is automatically set  
to All Rings.  
NOTE: If you are using either a PBX phone system that has different ring  
patterns for internal and external calls, you must call the fax number from an  
external number.  
Set the dial type  
Use this procedure to set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is  
Tone. Do not change the setting unless you know that your phone line cannot use  
tone dialing.  
NOTE: The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.  
To set the dial type  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
74  
Fax  
   
3. Touch down arrow , and then select Tone or Pulse Dialing.  
4. Touch to select Tone Dialing or Pulse Dialing.  
Set the redial options  
If the printer was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not  
answer or was busy, the printer attempts to redial based on the settings for the busy-  
redial and no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn the options on  
or off.  
•
Busy redial: If this option is turned on, the printer redials automatically if it  
receives a busy signal. The factory-set default for this option is ON.  
•
No answer redial: If this option is turned on, the printer redials automatically if the  
receiving fax machine does not answer. The factory-set default for this option is OFF.  
To set the redial options  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Advanced Fax Setup.  
3. TouchBusy Redial or No Answer Redial, and then select the appropriate options.  
Set the fax speed  
You can set the fax speed used to communicate between your printer and other fax  
machines when sending and receiving faxes.  
If you use one of the following, setting the fax speed to a slower speed might be  
required:  
•
•
•
•
An Internet phone service  
A PBX system  
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)  
An integrated services digital network (ISDN) service  
If you experience problems sending and receiving faxes, try using a lower Fax Speed.  
The following table provides the available fax speed settings.  
Fax speed setting  
Fast  
Fax speed  
v.34 (33600 baud)  
v.17 (14400 baud)  
v.29 (9600 baud)  
Medium  
Slow  
To set the fax speed  
1. Touchright arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then touch Advanced Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Speed.  
4. Touch to select an option.  
75  
Change fax settings  
       
Chapter 6  
Set the fax sound volume  
Use this procedure to increase or decrease the volume of the fax sounds.  
To set the fax sound volume  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Basic Fax Setup.  
3. Touch Fax Sound Volume.  
4. Touch to select Soft, Loud, or Off.  
Fax and digital phone services  
Many telephone companies provide their customers with digital phone services, such  
as the following:  
•
DSL: A Digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone company.  
(DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)  
•
•
•
PBX : A private branch exchange (PBX) phone system  
ISDN: An integrated services digital network (ISDN) system.  
FoIP: A low-cost phone service that allows you to send and receive faxes with your  
printer by using the Internet. This method is called Fax over Internet Protocol  
(FoIP). For more information, see Fax over Internet Protocol.  
HP printers are designed specifically for use with traditional analog phone services. If  
you are in a digital phone environment (such as DSL/ADSL, PBX, or ISDN), you might  
need to use digital-to-analog filters or converters when setting up the printer for faxing.  
NOTE: HP does not guarantee that the printer will be compatible with all digital  
service lines or providers, in all digital environments, or with all digital-to-analog  
converters. It is always recommended that you discuss with the telephone  
company directly for the correct setup options based on their line services provided.  
Fax over Internet Protocol  
You might be able to subscribe to a low cost phone service that allows you to send  
and receive faxes with your printer by using the Internet. This method is called Fax  
over Internet Protocol (FoIP).  
You probably use a FoIP service (provided by your telephone company) when you:  
•
•
Dial a special access code along with the fax number, or  
Have an IP converter box that connects to the Internet and provides analog phone  
ports for the fax connection.  
NOTE: You can only send and receive faxes by connecting a phone cord to the  
port labeled "1-LINE" on the printer. This means that your connection to the  
Internet must be done either through a converter box (which supplies regular  
analog phone jacks for fax connections) or your telephone company.  
76  
Fax  
         
TIP: Support for traditional fax transmission over any Internet protocol telephone  
systems are often limited. If you experience problems faxing, try using a slower fax  
speed or disabling the fax error-correction mode (ECM). However, if you turn off  
ECM, you cannot send and receive color faxes. (For more information about  
changing the fax speed, see Set the fax speed. For more information about using  
ECM, see Send a fax in Error Correction Mode.  
If you have questions about Internet faxing, contact your Internet faxing services  
support department or your local service provider for further assistance.  
Use reports  
You can set up the printer to print error reports and confirmation reports automatically  
for each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system reports as  
required; these reports provide useful system information about the printer.  
By default, the printer is set to print a report only if there is a problem sending or  
receiving a fax. A confirmation message that indicates whether a fax was successfully  
sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.  
NOTE: If the reports are not legible, you can check the estimated ink levels from  
the control panel, the HP software (Windows), or HP Utility (Mac OS X). For more  
information, see Printer management tools.  
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes  
only. When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge  
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink  
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.  
NOTE: Ensure that the printheads and ink cartridges are in good conditions and  
installed properly. For more information, see Work with ink cartridges.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Print fax confirmation reports  
Print fax error reports  
Print and view the fax log  
Clear the fax log  
Print the details of the last fax transaction  
Print a Caller ID Report  
View the Call History  
Print fax confirmation reports  
If you require printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these  
instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On  
(Fax Send) or On (Send and Receive).  
The default fax confirmation setting is Off. This means that a confirmation report is not  
printed for each fax sent or received. A confirmation message indicating whether a fax  
was successfully sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each  
transaction.  
77  
Use reports  
       
Chapter 6  
NOTE: You can include an image of the first page of the fax on the Fax Sent  
Confirmation report if you select On (Fax Send) or On (Send and Receive), and if  
you scan the fax to send from memory or use the Scan and Fax option.  
To enable fax confirmation  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, and then select Fax Reports.  
3. Touch Fax Confirmation.  
4. Touch to select one of the following options.  
Off  
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and receive  
faxes successfully. This is the default setting.  
On (Fax Send)  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.  
On (Fax Receive) Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.  
On (Send and  
Receive)  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and receive.  
To include an image of the fax on the report  
1. Touch Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Reports, and then select Fax Confirmation.  
3. Touch On (Fax Send) or On (Send and Receive).  
4. Touch Fax Confirmation with image.  
Print fax error reports  
You can configure the printer so that it automatically prints a report when there is an  
error during transmission or reception.  
To set the printer to print fax error reports automatically  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, touch down arrow , and then select Fax Reports.  
3. Touch Fax Error Report.  
4. Touch to select one of the following.  
On (Send and  
Receive)  
Prints whenever a transmission error occurs.  
Off  
Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.  
On (Fax Send)  
Prints whenever a fax error occurs. This is the default setting.  
On (Fax Receive) Does not print any fax error reports.  
78  
Fax  
   
Print and view the fax log  
You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the printer.  
To print the fax log from the printer control panel  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, touch down arrow , and then select Fax Reports.  
3. Touch Fax Log.  
Clear the fax log  
Use the following steps to clear the fax log.  
NOTE: Clearing the fax log also deletes all faxes stored in memory.  
To clear the fax log  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Do one of the following:  
•
Touch Tools.  
- Or -  
•
Touch Fax Setup, and then select Fax Tools.  
3. Touch Clear Fax Log.  
Print the details of the last fax transaction  
The Last Fax Transaction report prints the details of the last fax transaction to occur.  
Details include the fax number, number of pages, and the fax status.  
To print the Last Fax Transaction report  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, touch down arrow , and then select Fax Reports.  
3. Touch Last Transaction.  
Print a Caller ID Report  
Use the following procedure to print a list of Caller ID fax numbers.  
To print a Caller ID History Report  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
2. Touch Fax Setup, touch down arrow , and then select Fax Reports.  
3. Touch down arrow , and then select Caller ID Report.  
View the Call History  
Use the following procedure to view a list of all the calls placed from the printer.  
NOTE: The call history cannot be printed. You can only view it from the printer’s  
control panel display.  
79  
Use reports  
               
Chapter 6  
To view the Call History  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Fax.  
2.  
Touch  
(Call History).  
80  
Fax  
7 Web  
The printer offers innovative, Web-enabled solutions that can help you quickly access  
the Internet, obtain documents, and print them faster and with less hassle—and all  
without using a computer. In addition, you can use a Web service (Marketsplash by  
HP) to create and print professional-quality marketing materials.  
NOTE: To use these Web features, the printer must be connected to the Internet  
(either using an Ethernet cable or wireless connection). You cannot use these Web  
features if the printer is connected using a USB cable.  
NOTE: In addition to these solutions, you can send print jobs to the printer  
remotely from mobile devices. With this service, called HP ePrint, you can print  
from email connected mobile phones, netbooks, or other mobile devices—  
anywhere, anytime. For more information, see HP ePrint.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
HP Apps  
Marketsplash by HP  
HP Apps  
HP Apps provide a quick and easy way to access, store, and print business  
information without a computer. Using HP Apps, you can gain access to content stored  
on the Web, such as business forms, news, archiving, and more—right from the  
printer’s control-panel display.  
To use HP Apps , the printer needs to be connected to the Internet (either using an  
Ethernet cable or wireless connection). Follow the instructions on the printer’s control  
panel to enable and set up this service.  
New Apps are periodically added, and you can select and download to the printer’s  
control panel for use.  
For more information, visit www.hp.com/go/ePrintCenter.  
NOTE: For a list of system requirements for this Web site, see HP Web site  
specifications.  
Web  
81  
   
Chapter 7  
Marketsplash by HP  
Grow your business using online HP tools and services to create and print  
professional marketing materials. With Marketsplash, you can do the following:  
•
•
Quickly and easily create amazing, professional-quality brochures, flyers, business  
cards, and more. Choose from thousands of customizable templates created by  
award-winning business graphic designers.  
A variety of print options allow you to get exactly what you need, when you need it.  
For immediate, high-quality results, print on your printer. Other options are  
available online from HP and our partners. Achieve the professional quality you  
expect, while minimizing printing costs.  
•
Keep all of your marketing materials organized and readily accessible in your  
Marketsplash account, available from any computer and directly from the printer’s  
control-panel display (on select models only).  
To get started, select Marketsplash by HP in the HP printer software that came with  
your printer. Or for more information, visit marketsplash.com.  
NOTE: For a list of system requirements for this Web site, see HP Web site  
specifications.  
NOTE: Not all Marketsplash tools and services are available in all countries,  
regions and languages. Visit marketsplash.com for the most current information.  
82  
Web  
 
8 Work with ink cartridges  
To ensure the best print quality from the printer, you need to perform some simple  
maintenance procedures. This section provides guidelines for handling the ink  
cartridges, instructions for replacing the ink cartridges, and aligning and cleaning the  
printhead.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Information on ink cartridges and the printheads  
Check the estimated ink levels  
Replace the ink cartridges  
Store printing supplies  
Information on ink cartridges and the printheads  
The following tips help maintain HP ink cartridges and ensure consistent print quality.  
•
•
The instructions in this user guide are for replacing ink cartridges, and are not  
intended for first time installation.  
If you need to replace an ink cartridge, wait until you have the new ink cartridge  
available to install before removing the old cartridge.  
CAUTION: Wait until you have a new ink cartridge available before removing  
the old ink cartridge. Do not leave the ink cartridge outside of the printer for an  
extended period of time.  
•
•
Keep all ink cartridges in the original sealed packages until they are needed.  
Store ink cartridges in the same orientation packages hang on store shelves or, if  
out of box, with label facing down.  
•
•
•
•
Be sure to turn off the printer properly. For more information, see Turn the printer off.  
Store ink cartridges at room temperature (15-35° C or 59-95° F).  
You do not need to replace the cartridges until you are prompted by the printer.  
A significant decrease in print quality might be caused by a clogged printhead.  
Possible solutions include cleaning the printheads. Cleaning the printheads uses  
some ink.  
•
•
•
Do not clean the printheads unnecessarily. This wastes ink and shortens the life of  
the cartridges.  
Handle ink cartridges carefully. Dropping, jarring, or rough handling during  
installation can cause temporary printing problems.  
If you are transporting the printer, do the following to prevent ink leaking from the  
printer or other damage from occurring to the printer:  
ƕ
Make sure you turn off the printer by pressing  
(Power) button. The printhead  
assembly should be parked on the right side of the printer, in the service  
station. For more information, see Turn the printer off.  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure you leave the ink cartridges and printheads installed.  
The printer must be transported sitting flat; it should not be placed on its side,  
back, front, or top.  
Work with ink cartridges  
83  
     
Chapter 8  
Related topics  
•
•
Check the estimated ink levels  
To clean the printheads  
Check the estimated ink levels  
You can check the estimated ink levels from the printer software or the embedded  
Web server. For information about using these tools, see Printer management tools.  
You can also print the Printer Status page to view this information (see Understand the  
Self Test Diagnostic Page).  
NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes  
only. When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having  
a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not  
need to replace cartridges until prompted to do so.  
NOTE: If you have installed a refilled or remanufactured cartridge, or a cartridge  
that has been used in another printer, the ink level indicator might be inaccurate or  
unavailable.  
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of  
different ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the printer and  
cartridges for printing, and in printhead servicing, which keeps print nozzles clear  
and ink flowing smoothly. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after  
it is used. For more information, see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.  
Replace the ink cartridges  
NOTE: For information on recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies  
recycling program.  
If you do not already have replacement ink cartridges for the printer, see HP supplies  
and accessories.  
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.  
CAUTION: Wait until you have a new ink cartridge available before removing the  
old ink cartridge. Do not leave the ink cartridge outside of the printer for an  
extended period of time. This can result in damage to both the printer and the ink  
cartridge.  
84  
Work with ink cartridges  
       
To replace the ink cartridges  
Use these steps to replace the ink cartridges.  
1. Gently pull open the ink cartridge cover.  
2. Remove the ink cartridge that requires replacement by grasping it and pulling it  
firmly toward you.  
3. Remove the new ink cartridge from its package.  
4. Align the cartridge with its color-coded slot and insert the cartridge into the slot.  
Press down firmly on the cartridge to ensure proper contact.  
5. Close the ink cartridge cover.  
85  
Replace the ink cartridges  
Chapter 8  
Store printing supplies  
This section covers the following topics:  
•
•
Store ink cartridges  
Store printheads  
Store ink cartridges  
Ink cartridges can be left in the printer for extended periods of time. If you remove the  
ink cartridges, place them in an airtight container, such as a resealable plastic bag.  
Store printheads  
Printheads can be left in the printer for extended periods of time. However, to assure  
optimal printhead health, be sure to turn the printer off correctly. For more information,  
see Turn the printer off.  
86  
Work with ink cartridges  
     
9 Solve a problem  
The information in Solve a problem suggests solutions to common problems. If your  
printer is not operating correctly and those suggestions did not solve your problem, try  
using one of the following support services to obtain assistance.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HP support  
General troubleshooting tips and resources  
Solve printing problems  
Solve print quality problems  
Solve paper-feed problems  
Solve copy problems  
Solve scan problems  
Solve fax problems  
Solve problems using HP Web sites and services  
Solve HP Digital Solutions problems  
Solve memory device problems  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems  
Solve wireless problems  
Configure your firewall to work with printers  
Solve printer management problems  
Troubleshoot installation issues  
Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page  
Understand the network configuration page  
Clear jams  
HP support  
If you have a problem, follow these steps  
1. Check the documentation that came with the printer.  
2. Visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/support. HP online support is  
available to all HP customers. It is the fastest source for up-to-date printer  
information and expert assistance and includes the following features:  
•
•
•
•
Fast access to qualified online support specialists  
HP software and driver updates for the HP printer  
Valuable troubleshooting information for common problems  
Proactive printer updates, support alerts, and HP newsgrams that are available  
when you register the printer  
For more information, see Obtain electronic support.  
3. Call HP support. Support options and availability vary by printer, country/region,  
and language. For more information, see HP support by phone.  
Solve a problem  
87  
     
Chapter 9  
Obtain electronic support  
To find support and warranty information, go to the HP Web site at www.hp.com/  
support. If prompted, select your country/region, and then click Contact HP for  
information on calling for technical support.  
This Web site also offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and  
other options such as:  
•
•
•
•
Access online support pages.  
Send HP an email message for answers to your questions.  
Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.  
Check for HP software updates.  
You can also obtain support from the HP software for Windows or Mac OS X, which  
provide easy, step-by-step solutions to common printing problems. For more  
information, see Printer management tools.  
Support options and availability vary by printer, country/region, and language.  
HP support by phone  
The phone support numbers and associated costs listed here are those in effect at  
time of publication and are applicable only for calls made on a land line. Different rates  
may apply for mobile phones.  
For the most current HP list of telephone support numbers and call costs information,  
see www.hp.com/support.  
During the warranty period, you may obtain assistance from the HP Customer Care  
Center.  
NOTE: HP does not provide telephone support for Linux printing. All support is  
provided online at the following web site: https://launchpad.net/hplip. Click the Ask  
a question button to begin the support process.  
The HPLIP Web site does not provide support for Windows or Mac OS X. If you  
are using these operating systems, see www.hp.com/support.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Before you call  
Phone support period  
Telephone support numbers  
After the phone support period  
Before you call  
Call HP support while you are in front of the computer and the printer. Be prepared to  
provide the following information:  
•
•
Model number (for more information, see Finding the printer model number)  
Serial number (located on the back or bottom of the printer)  
88  
Solve a problem  
         
•
•
Messages that appear when the situation occurs  
Answers to these questions:  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Has this situation happened before?  
Can you re-create it?  
Did you add any new hardware or software to your computer at about the time  
that this situation began?  
ƕ
Did anything else occur prior to this situation (such as a thunderstorm or  
moving the printer)?  
Phone support period  
One year of phone support is available in North America, Asia Pacific, and Latin  
America (including Mexico).  
Telephone support numbers  
In many locations, HP provides toll free telephone support during the warranty period.  
However, some of the support numbers might not be toll free.  
89  
HP support  
     
Chapter 9  
For the most current list of telephone support numbers, see www.hp.com/support.  
www.hp.com/support  
$IULFDꢀꢁ(QJOLVKꢀVSHDNLQJꢂ  
$IULTXHꢀꢁIUDQFRSKRQHꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢆꢆꢀꢄꢇꢈꢉꢊꢅꢄ  
ꢃꢇꢇꢀꢆꢀꢈꢋꢋꢇꢀꢋꢄꢇꢌ  
㡴㦻  
ꢌꢇꢎꢇꢇꢇꢉꢎꢋꢊꢌꢌ  
ꢆꢉꢊꢊꢎꢇꢌꢌꢇ  
ꢌꢊꢌꢌꢀꢄꢄꢄꢀꢈꢅ  
ﻥ
ﺍﻷﺭﺩ
 
뼑霢  
ꢌꢄꢆꢀꢍꢅꢄꢀꢄꢊꢌ  
ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋ
 
/X[HPERXUJꢀꢁ)UDQ©DLVꢂ  
/X[HPEXUJꢀꢁ'HXWVFKꢂ  
ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢀꢋꢌꢌꢀꢈꢌꢀꢌꢌꢍ  
$OJ«ULH  
ꢌꢄꢆꢀꢍꢅꢀꢄꢄꢀꢊꢌ  
ꢌꢒꢆꢉꢀ೼ꢑPLQ  
$UJHQWLQDꢀꢁ%XHQRVꢀ$LUHVꢂ  
ꢉꢈꢎꢆꢆꢎꢈꢅꢌꢊꢎꢆꢍꢌꢌ  
ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢀꢋꢌꢌꢀꢈꢌꢀꢌꢌꢅ  
ꢌꢒꢆꢉꢀ೼ꢑ0LQ  
$UJHQWLQD  
$XVWUDOLD  
$XVWUDOLDꢀꢁRXWꢎRIꢎZDUUDQW\ꢂ  
˜VWHUUHLFK  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢉꢉꢉꢎꢉꢌꢌꢌ  
ꢆꢇꢌꢌꢀꢅꢄꢆꢀꢆꢈꢅ  
ꢆꢋꢌꢄꢀꢋꢆꢌꢀꢋꢆꢌ  
0DGDJDVFDU  
0DJ\DURUV]£J  
ꢄꢍꢄꢀꢄꢍꢄꢀꢉꢆꢀꢄꢆꢀꢄꢆ  
ꢌꢍꢀꢈꢌꢀꢄꢌꢌꢀꢍꢄꢋ  
ꢃꢈꢇꢀꢌꢊꢄꢌꢀꢊꢅꢀꢈꢈꢆꢅ  
ꢅꢐꢄꢀ+8)ꢑSHUFꢀYH]HW«NHVꢀWHOHIRQUD  
ꢆꢊꢌꢌꢀꢊꢊꢀꢊꢉꢊꢊ  
GRSSHOWHUꢀ2UWVWDULI  
0DOD\VLD  
0DXULWLXV  
ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳ
 
ꢆꢅꢄꢆꢄꢌꢈꢋ  
%HOJL-  
ꢄꢍꢄꢀꢄꢍꢄꢀꢄꢆꢌꢀꢈꢌꢈꢀ  
ꢃꢇꢄꢀꢌꢅꢊꢀꢍꢌꢌꢀꢌꢆꢋ  
0«[LFRꢀꢁ&LXGDGꢀGHꢀ0«[LFRꢂ ꢉꢉꢎꢉꢄꢉꢊꢎꢋꢋꢄꢄ  
0«[LFR  
0DURF  
1HGHUODQG  
3HDNꢀ+RXUVꢏꢀꢌꢐꢌꢉꢉꢀ೼ꢀSꢑP  
/RZꢀ+RXUVꢏꢀꢌꢐꢄꢅꢀ೼ꢀSꢑP  
ꢌꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢈꢅꢄꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍꢊ  
ꢌꢊꢌꢆꢀꢌꢌꢉꢀꢌꢆꢌ  
%HOJLTXH  
ꢃꢇꢄꢀꢌꢅꢊꢀꢍꢌꢌꢀꢌꢄꢌ  
3HDNꢀ+RXUVꢏꢀꢌꢐꢌꢉꢉꢀ೼ꢑPꢀ/RZꢀ+RXUVꢏ  
ꢌꢐꢄꢅꢀ೼ꢑP  
ꢃꢇꢆꢀꢌꢋꢌꢌꢀꢄꢌꢄꢌꢀꢆꢍꢉ  
ꢌꢒꢆꢌꢀ೼ꢑ0LQ  
%UDVLOꢀꢁ6DRꢀ3DXORꢂ  
%UDVLO  
&DQDGD  
ꢉꢉꢎꢆꢆꢎꢈꢌꢌꢈꢎꢅꢅꢉꢆ  
1HZꢀ=HDODQG  
1LJHULD  
1RUJH  
ꢌꢊꢌꢌꢀꢈꢈꢆꢀꢆꢈꢅ  
ꢁꢌꢆꢂꢀꢄꢅꢆꢀꢄꢇꢄꢌ  
ꢃꢈꢅꢀꢊꢆꢉꢀꢍꢄꢀꢌꢅꢌ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢌꢋꢎꢅꢅꢉꢆ  
ꢆꢎꢁꢊꢌꢌꢂꢎꢈꢅꢈꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍꢀꢁꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢀKS  
LQYHQWꢂ  
VWDUWHUꢀS§ꢀꢌꢐꢉꢋꢀ.UꢀSHUꢀPLQꢒꢐꢀ  
GHUHWWHUꢀꢌꢐꢇꢋꢀ.UꢀSHUꢀPLQꢒꢀ  
)UDꢀPRELOWHOHIRQꢀJMHOGHUꢀ  
PRELOWHOHIRQWDNVWHUꢒ  
&HQWUDOꢀ$PHULFDꢀ ꢀ7KH  
ZZZꢒKSꢒFRPꢑODꢑVRSRUWH  
&DULEEHDQ  
&KLOH  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢇꢍꢌꢎꢋꢋꢋ  
ꢆꢌꢍꢊꢍꢊꢅꢋꢊꢌ  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢊꢆꢌꢎꢇꢊꢊꢊ  
ꢉꢅꢆꢎꢍꢌꢍꢎꢋꢆꢋꢆ  
ꢌꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢌꢎꢉꢆꢎꢈꢅꢈꢍꢎꢊꢇꢍꢊ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢌꢆꢆꢎꢆꢌꢈꢍ  
ꢄꢈꢅꢋꢆꢅꢅꢇ  
ﻥ
ﻤﺎ
ﻋ
ُ  
ѣള  
3DQDP£  
3DUDJXD\  
3HU¼  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢌꢌꢋꢀꢊꢌꢌꢀꢉꢈꢀꢆꢀꢌꢌꢌꢍ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢆꢌꢆꢆꢆ  
ѣള  
&RORPELDꢀꢁ%RJRW£ꢂ  
&RORPELD  
&RVWDꢀ5LFD  
ÎHVN£ꢀUHSXEOLND  
3KLOLSSLQHV  
3ROVND  
ꢄꢀꢊꢍꢅꢀꢇꢉꢉꢆ  
ꢁꢄꢄꢂꢀꢉꢊꢇꢀꢈꢇꢀꢅꢇꢀ  
ꢊꢆꢌꢀꢄꢄꢄꢀꢄꢄꢄ  
.RV]WꢀSRĄÇF]HQLDꢏꢎꢀ]ꢀWHOꢒꢀ  
ꢆꢒꢉꢇꢀ&=1ꢑPLQ  
VWDFMRQDUQHJRꢀMDNꢀ]DꢀꢆꢀLPSXOVꢀZJꢀ  
WDU\I\ꢀRSHUDWRUDꢐꢎꢀ]ꢀWHOꢒꢀ  
'DQPDUN  
ꢃꢈꢉꢀꢅꢌꢀꢄꢌꢄꢀꢊꢈꢉ  
NRPµUNRZHJRꢀZJꢀWDU\I\ꢀRSHUDWRUDꢒ  
2SNDOGꢏꢀꢌꢐꢆꢈꢉꢀꢁNUꢒꢀSUꢒꢀPLQꢒꢂꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
3RUWXJDO  
ꢃꢇꢉꢆꢀꢊꢌꢊꢀꢄꢌꢆꢀꢈꢋꢄ  
3UꢒꢀPLQꢒꢀPDQꢎOºUꢀꢌꢊꢒꢌꢌꢎꢆꢋꢒꢇꢌꢏꢀꢌꢐꢄꢉꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
3UꢒꢀPLQꢒꢀºYULJHꢀWLGVSXQNWHUꢏꢀꢌꢐꢆꢄꢉ  
&XVWRꢏꢀꢊꢀF¬QWLPRVꢀQRꢀSULPHLURꢀ  
PLQXWRꢀHꢀꢇꢀF¬QWLPRVꢀUHVWDQWHVꢀ  
PLQXWRV  
(FXDGRUꢀꢁ$QGLQDWHOꢂ  
(FXDGRUꢀꢁ3DFLILWHOꢂ  
ꢆꢎꢋꢋꢋꢎꢆꢆꢋꢀ ℡  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢄꢄꢉꢎꢉꢄꢊꢀ ℡  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
3XHUWRꢀ5LFR  
5HS¼EOLFDꢀ'RPLQLFDQD  
5HXQLRQ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢅꢅꢎꢄꢇꢄꢎꢌꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢌꢊꢄꢌꢀꢊꢋꢌꢀꢇꢄꢇ  
ꢁꢌꢄꢂꢀꢍꢋꢆꢌꢍꢌꢄ  
(Oꢀ6DOYDGRU  
(VSD³D  
ﺮ
ﻣﺼ
 
5RP¤QLD  
ꢌꢊꢌꢆꢀꢌꢇꢇꢀꢇꢋꢌ  
ꢁꢌꢄꢆꢀꢄꢌꢈꢀꢅꢌꢋꢌꢂ  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢍꢆꢍꢌ  
̷͕͘͘͏ͦꢀꢁ̳͕͉͇͑͘ꢂ  
̷͕͘͘͏ͦꢀꢁ̸͇͔͙͑ꢎ̶͙͈͚͌͌͗͗͊ꢂ ꢊꢆꢄꢀꢇꢇꢄꢀꢈꢄꢈꢌ  
ꢈꢋꢉꢀꢅꢅꢅꢀꢇꢄꢊꢈ  
ꢃꢇꢈꢀꢋꢌꢄꢀꢌꢆꢌꢀꢌꢉꢋ  
ꢌꢒꢋꢈꢀ೼ꢀSꢑP  
)UDQFH  
'HXWVFKODQG  
ꢃꢇꢇꢀꢌꢋꢍꢋꢀꢇꢄꢌꢀꢈꢇꢉ  
ꢃꢈꢋꢀꢌꢆꢊꢌꢉꢀꢍꢉꢄꢀꢆꢊꢌ  
ꢊꢌꢌꢀꢊꢋꢅꢀꢆꢈꢆꢉ  
ﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺑﻴ
 
6LQJDSRUH  
ꢃꢍꢉꢀꢍꢄꢅꢄꢀꢉꢇꢌꢌ  
ꢌꢊꢉꢌꢀꢆꢆꢆꢀꢄꢉꢍ  
ꢌꢊꢍꢌꢀꢆꢌꢈꢀꢅꢅꢆ  
ꢌꢐꢆꢈꢀ೼ꢑ0LQꢀDXVꢀGHPꢀGHXWVFKHQꢀ  
)HVWQHW]ꢀꢎꢀEHLꢀ$QUXIHQꢀDXVꢀ  
0RELOIXQNQHW]HQꢀN¸QQHQꢀDQGHUHꢀ  
3UHLVHꢀJHOWHQ  
6ORYHQVN£ꢀUHSXEOLND  
6RXWKꢀ$IULFDꢀꢁ56$ꢂ  
6XRPL  
ꢃꢇꢉꢊꢀꢌꢀꢄꢌꢇꢀꢍꢍꢀꢅꢍꢅ  
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞  
ˈ˺˭ˮˬ˯  
*XDWHPDOD  
俏⑥⢯࡛㺂᭵ॶ  
,QGLD  
ꢊꢌꢆꢎꢆꢆꢎꢅꢉꢈꢌꢌ  
ꢃꢊꢌꢌꢀꢋꢀꢄꢍꢉꢈ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢁꢊꢉꢄꢂꢀꢄꢊꢌꢄꢀꢈꢌꢋꢊ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢈꢄꢉꢎꢅꢅꢇꢅ  
ꢋꢆꢎꢊꢌꢎꢄꢊꢉꢄꢍꢋꢌꢌ  
ꢃꢍꢄꢀꢁꢄꢆꢂꢀꢇꢉꢌꢀꢇꢈꢌꢊ  
6YHULJH  
ꢃꢈꢍꢀꢌꢅꢅꢀꢆꢄꢌꢀꢈꢅꢍꢉ  
ꢌꢐꢄꢇꢀNUꢑPLQ  
6ZLW]HUODQG  
ꢃꢈꢆꢀꢌꢊꢈꢊꢀꢍꢅꢄꢀꢍꢅꢄ  
ꢌꢐꢌꢊꢀ&+)ꢑPLQꢒ  
ꢌꢄꢎꢊꢅꢄꢄꢎꢊꢌꢌꢌ  
㠰⚙  
,QGLD  
,QGRQHVLD  
ࡷ
ࡎ
࡙  
ꢃꢍꢍꢀꢁꢄꢂꢀꢇꢉꢇꢀꢋꢌꢌꢌ  
ꢌꢅꢆꢀꢊꢋꢆꢀꢇꢋꢆ  
ﺲ
ﺗﻮﻧ
 
7ULQLGDGꢀ ꢀ7REDJR  
7XQLVLH  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢄꢇꢀꢋꢄꢍꢀꢌꢌꢌ  
ꢌꢁꢄꢆꢄꢂꢀꢈꢈꢈꢀꢌꢇꢌꢅ  
<HUHOꢀQXPDUDꢏꢀꢈꢈꢈꢀꢌꢇꢌꢅ  
ꢁꢌꢈꢈꢂꢀꢄꢇꢌꢎꢉꢆꢎꢌꢍ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
,UHODQG  
ﻕ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍ
 
ﺖ
ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳ
 
ﻥ
ﻟﺒﻨﺎ
 
ﺮ
ﻗﻄ
 
ﻦ
ﺍﻟﻴﻤ
 
7¾UNL\HꢀꢁòVWDQEXOꢐꢀ$QNDUDꢐ  
ò]PLUꢀ ꢀ%XUVDꢂ  
̺͇͔͇͑͗ͭ  
ﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ
 
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
 
ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ
 
ꢍꢌꢌꢀꢉꢈꢀꢈꢅꢀꢈꢅ  
8QLWHGꢀ.LQJGRP  
ꢃꢇꢉꢇꢀꢆꢊꢋꢌꢀꢋꢄꢇꢀꢋꢌꢄ  
ꢌꢊꢈꢈꢀꢇꢍꢋꢀꢌꢇꢍꢋ  
&DOOVꢀFRVWꢀ&RVWꢀꢉꢒꢆꢀFHQWꢀSHDNꢀꢑꢀ  
ꢆꢒꢇꢀFHQWꢀRIIꢎSHDNꢀSHUꢀPLQXWH  
ꢌꢒꢉꢌꢀeꢀSꢑP  
8QLWHGꢀ6WDWHV  
8UXJXD\  
ꢆꢎꢁꢊꢌꢌꢂꢎꢈꢅꢈꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍ  
ꢌꢌꢌꢈꢎꢌꢉꢈꢎꢆꢅꢅ  
,WDOLD  
ꢃꢇꢋꢀꢊꢈꢊꢀꢊꢌꢌꢀꢊꢅꢆ  
FRVWRꢀWHOHIRQLFRꢀORFDOH  
9HQH]XHODꢀꢁ&DUDFDVꢂ  
9HQH]XHOD  
9L¬Wꢀ1DP  
ꢉꢊꢎꢄꢆꢄꢎꢄꢅꢊꢎꢊꢍꢍꢍ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢈꢅꢈꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍꢊ  
ꢃꢊꢈꢀꢊꢊꢄꢇꢈꢉꢇꢌ  
-DPDLFD  
㡴㦻  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢌꢉꢅꢌꢎꢌꢌꢌꢉꢆꢆ  
90  
Solve a problem  
After the phone support period  
After the phone support period, help is available from HP at an additional cost. Help  
may also be available at the HP online support Web site: www.hp.com/support.  
Contact your HP dealer or call the support phone number for your country/region to  
learn more about support options.  
General troubleshooting tips and resources  
NOTE: Many of the following steps require HP software. If you did not install the  
HP software, you can install it using the HP software CD included with the printer,  
or you can download the HP software from the HP support Web site (www.hp.com/  
support).  
Try these when you begin troubleshooting a printing problem.  
•
•
For a paper jam, see Clear jams.  
For paper-feed problems, such as the paper skew and paper pick, see Solve  
paper-feed problems.  
•
•
Power light is on and not blinking. When the printer is turned on for the first time, it  
takes approximately 12 minutes to initialize it after the ink cartridges are installed.  
Power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the printer.  
Make sure the printer is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)  
power outlet, and is turned on. For voltage requirements, see Electrical  
specifications.  
•
•
•
Media is loaded correctly in the input tray and is not jammed in the printer.  
All packing tapes and materials are removed.  
The printer is set as the current or default printer. For Windows, set it as the  
default in the Printers folder. For Mac OS X, set it as the default in the Print & Fax  
section of the System Preferences. See your computer's documentation for more  
information.  
•
•
Pause Printing is not selected if you are using a computer running Windows.  
You are not running too many programs when you are performing a task. Close  
programs that you are not using or restart the computer before attempting the task  
again.  
Solve printing problems  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The printer shuts down unexpectedly  
Alignment fails  
The printer is not responding (nothing prints)  
Printer takes a long time to print  
Blank or partial page printed  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect  
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong  
91  
Solve printing problems  
           
Chapter 9  
The printer shuts down unexpectedly  
Check the power and power connections  
Make sure the printer is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)  
power outlet. For voltage requirements, see Electrical specifications.  
Alignment fails  
If the alignment process fails, make sure you have loaded unused, plain white paper  
into the input tray. If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align  
the ink cartridges, the alignment fails.  
If the alignment process fails repeatedly, you might have a defective sensor or ink  
cartridge. Contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, select your  
country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical  
support.  
The printer is not responding (nothing prints)  
There are print jobs stuck in the print queue  
Open the print queue, cancel all documents, and then reboot the computer. Try to print  
after the computer reboots. Refer to the Help system for the operating system for more  
information.  
Check the printer setup  
For more information, see General troubleshooting tips and resources.  
Check the HP software installation  
If the printer is turned off when printing, an alert message should appear on your  
computer screen; otherwise, the HP software provided with the printer might not be  
installed correctly. To resolve this, uninstall the HP software completely, and then  
reinstall the HP software. For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the HP  
software.  
Check the cable connections  
•
•
Make sure both ends of the USB cable or Ethernet cable are secure.  
If the printer is connected to a network, check the following:  
ƕ
ƕ
Check the Link light on the back of the printer.  
Make sure you are not using a phone cord to connect the printer.  
Check any personal firewall software installed on the computer  
The personal software firewall is a security program that protects a computer from  
intrusion. However, the firewall might block communication between the computer and  
the printer. If there is a problem communicating with the printer, try temporarily  
disabling the firewall. If the problem persists, the firewall is not the source of the  
communication problem. Re-enable the firewall.  
92  
Solve a problem  
           
Printer takes a long time to print  
Check the system configuration and resources  
Make sure the computer meets the minimum system requirements for the printer. For  
more information, see System requirements.  
Check the HP software settings  
Print speed is slower when you select high print-quality settings. To increase the print  
speed, select different print settings in the printer driver. For more information, see Print.  
Blank or partial page printed  
Clean the printhead  
Complete the printhead cleaning procedure. For more information, see To clean the  
printheads. The printhead may need to be cleaned if the printer was turned off  
incorrectly.  
NOTE: Incorrectly turning off the printer can cause print quality problems like  
blank or partial pages. Printhead cleaning can solve these problems, but turning off  
the printer correctly can prevent them in the first place. Always turn the printer off  
by pressing the Power button on the printer. Wait until the Power light goes out  
before unplugging the power cord or turning off a power strip.  
Check the media settings  
•
Make sure you select the correct print quality settings in the printer driver for the  
media loaded in the trays.  
•
Make sure the page settings in the printer driver match the page size of media  
loaded in the tray.  
More than one page is being picked  
For more information on paper-feed problems, see Solve paper-feed problems.  
There is a blank page in the file  
Check the file to make sure there is no blank page.  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect  
Check the Print Quality Diagnostic page  
Print a Print Quality Diagnostic page to help you decide whether to run any  
maintenance tools to improve the print quality of your printouts. For more information,  
see Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page.  
Check the margin settings  
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of  
the printer. For more information, see Set minimum margins.  
93  
Solve printing problems  
           
Chapter 9  
Check the color print settings  
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver.  
Check the printer location and length of USB cable  
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes  
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the printer away from the source of the  
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less  
than 3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.  
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong  
Check how the media is loaded  
Make sure the media width and length guides fit snugly against the edges of the stack  
of media, and make sure the tray is not overloaded. For more information, see Load  
media.  
Check the media size  
•
Content on a page might be cut off if the document size is larger than the media  
that you are using.  
•
Make sure the media size selected in the printer driver match the size of media  
loaded in the tray.  
Check the margin settings  
If the text or graphics are cut off at the edges of the page, make sure the margin  
settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of your printer. For more  
information, see Set minimum margins.  
Check the page-orientation setting  
Make sure the media size and page orientation selected in the application match the  
settings in the printer driver. For more information, see Print.  
Check the printer location and length of USB cable  
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes  
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the printer away from the source of the  
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less  
than 3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.  
If the above solutions do not work, the problem may be caused by the inability of the  
application to interpret print settings correctly. See the release notes for known  
software conflicts, refer to the application's documentation, or contact the software  
manufacturer for specific help.  
Solve print quality problems  
•
•
•
General print quality troubleshooting  
Meaningless characters print  
Ink is smearing  
94  
Solve a problem  
       
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely  
Output is faded or dull colored  
Colors are printing as black and white  
Wrong colors are printing  
Printout shows bleeding colors  
The printout has a horizontal band of distortion near the bottom of a borderless print  
Colors do not line up correctly  
Text or graphics are streaked  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect  
Printhead maintenance  
General print quality troubleshooting  
Check the printheads and ink cartridges  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
NOTE: HP cannot guarantee the quality of refilled, remanufactured, or non-HP  
ink cartridges.  
Check the paper quality  
Make sure the media meets HP specifications, and try to print again. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
Check the type of media loaded in the printer  
•
Make sure the tray supports the type of media you have loaded. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
•
Make sure you have selected the tray in the printer driver that contains the media  
that you want to use.  
Check the printer location and length of USB cable  
It is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than 3 meters (9.8 feet) long  
to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields. You can also try to use  
a different USB cable to see if the USB cable has failed.  
Meaningless characters print  
If an interruption occurs to a job that is printing, the printer might not recognize the rest  
of the job.  
95  
Solve print quality problems  
     
Chapter 9  
Cancel the print job and wait for the printer to return to the ready state. If the printer  
does not return to the ready state, cancel all jobs in the printer driver, power cycle the  
printer, and then print the document.  
Check the cable connections  
If the printer and computer are connected with a USB cable, the problem may be due  
to a poor cable connection.  
Make sure the cable connections at both ends are secure. If the problem persists, turn  
the printer off, disconnect the cable from the printer, turn on the printer without  
connecting the cable, and delete any remaining jobs from the print spooler. When the  
Power light is on and not flashing, reconnect the cable.  
Check the document file  
The document file may be damaged. If you can print other documents from the same  
application, try printing a backup copy of your document, if available.  
Ink is smearing  
Check the print settings  
•
When you print documents that use a lot of ink, allow more time to dry before  
handling the printouts. This is especially true for transparencies. In the printer  
driver, select the Best print quality, and also increase the ink drying time and  
reduce the ink saturation, using the ink volume under the advanced features  
(Windows) or ink features (Mac OS X). However, note that decreasing ink  
saturation might give printouts a "washed-out" quality.  
•
Color documents that have rich, blended colors can wrinkle or smear when printed  
using the Best print quality. Try using another print mode, such as Normal, to  
reduce ink, or use HP Premium Paper designed for printing vivid color documents.  
For more information, see Print.  
Check the media type  
•
Some types of media do not accept ink well. For these types of media, ink dries  
more slowly and smearing may occur. For more information, see Media  
specifications.  
•
Make sure that the media in the tray matches the media type selected in the printer  
driver.  
Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely  
Check the media type  
Some media types are not suitable for use with the printer. For more information, see  
Media specifications.  
96  
Solve a problem  
       
Check the printheads  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
Output is faded or dull colored  
Check the print mode  
The Draft or Fast mode in the printer driver allows you to print at a faster rate, which is  
good for printing drafts. To get better results, select Normal or Best. For more  
information, see Print.  
Check the paper type setting  
When printing on transparencies or other special media, select the corresponding  
media type in the printer driver. For more information, see Print on special and custom-  
size paper.  
Colors are printing as black and white  
Check the print settings  
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver. Open the HP  
software included with the printer, click the Advanced tab, and then select Off from  
the Print in Grayscale drop-down menu.  
Wrong colors are printing  
Check the print settings  
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver. Open the HP  
software included with the printer, click the Advanced tab, and then select Off from  
the Print in Grayscale drop-down menu.  
Check the printheads  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
Check the print cartridges.  
HP cannot guarantee the quality of refilled, remanufactured, or non-HP ink cartridges.  
Printout shows bleeding colors  
Check the ink cartridges  
Make sure you are using genuine HP ink. HP cannot guarantee the quality of refilled,  
remanufactured, or non-HP ink cartridges. For ordering information, see Supplies.  
97  
Solve print quality problems  
               
Chapter 9  
Check the printheads  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
The printout has a horizontal band of distortion near the bottom of a borderless  
print  
Check the paper type  
HP recommends that you use HP papers or any other paper type that is appropriate  
for the printer. Always make sure the paper you are printing on is flat. Uncurl paper by  
bending it in the opposite direction of the curl. For best results when printing images,  
use HP Advanced Photo Paper. Store photo media in its original packaging inside  
a resealable plastic bag on a flat surface, in a cool place. When you are ready to print,  
remove only the paper you plan to use immediately. When you have finished printing,  
return any unused photo paper to the original package and reseal the bag. This  
prevents the photo paper from curling. For more information, see Media specifications.  
Use a higher print quality setting  
Check the print quality setting and make sure it is not set too low. Print the image with  
a high print quality setting, such as Best or Maximum dpi.  
Rotate the image  
•
If the problem persists, use the HP software provided with the printer or another  
software application to rotate your image 180 degrees so that the light blue, gray,  
or brown hues in your image do not print at the bottom of the page. The defect is  
more noticeable in areas of uniform light colors, so rotating the image may help.  
•
There could be a problem with the printhead. Clean the printhead. For more  
information, see To clean the printheads.  
Colors do not line up correctly  
Check the printheads  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
Check the graphics placement  
Use the zoom or print preview feature of your software to check for gaps in the  
placement of graphics on the page.  
98  
Solve a problem  
     
Text or graphics are streaked  
Check the printheads  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect  
Check the printheads  
Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate any  
problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information, see  
Printhead maintenance.  
Check the margin settings  
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of  
the printer. For more information, see Set minimum margins.  
Check the color print settings  
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the printer driver.  
Printhead maintenance  
If printed characters are incomplete, or printouts are streaked, the ink nozzles might be  
clogged and you might need to clean the printheads.  
When the quality of printouts deteriorates, follow these steps:  
1. Check the health of the printheads. For more information, see To check printhead  
health.  
2. Print the print quality diagnostic page on a clean sheet of white paper. Evaluate  
any problem areas, and perform the recommended actions. For more information,  
see Printhead maintenance.  
3. Clean the printheads. For more information, see To clean the printheads.  
4. Replace the printheads if the problems persist after cleaning. For more  
information, see Solve wireless problems.  
This section covers the following printhead maintenance tasks:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
To check printhead health  
To print the print quality diagnostic page  
To align the printheads  
To calibrate the linefeed  
To clean the printheads  
To clean the printhead contacts manually  
To replace the printheads  
99  
Solve print quality problems  
           
Chapter 9  
To check printhead health  
Use one of the following means to check the printhead health. If any printhead has  
a Replace status, then perform one or more of the maintenance functions, or clean or  
replace the printhead.  
•
•
•
Self Test Diagnostic Report: Print the self test diagnostic report on a clean sheet  
of white paper, and check the printhead health section. For more information, see  
Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page.  
Embedded Web server: Open the embedded Web server. For more information,  
see To open the embedded Web server. Click the Information tab, and then click  
Ink Supplies in the left pane.  
HP Software (Windows): Open the HP software that was included with the  
printer. For more information, see Open the HP software. Click the Information  
tab, and then click Printhead Health.  
To print the print quality diagnostic page  
Use the print quality diagnostic page to diagnose issues affecting the print quality. This  
helps you decide whether to run any maintenance tools to improve the print quality of  
your printouts. You can also view the ink level information, and the printhead health  
status on the page.  
NOTE: Before printing the print quality diagnostic page, make sure you load  
paper. For more information, see Load media.  
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.  
When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement  
cartridge available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace  
cartridges until prompted to do so.  
•
•
Control panel: Touch right arrow , touch Reports, and then select Print Quality  
Page.  
Embedded Web server: Click the Settings tab, click Device Services in the left  
pane, select Print a PQ (Print Quality) Diagnostic Page from the drop-down list  
in the Print Quality section, and then click Run Diagnostic.  
•
•
HP Software (Windows): Open the HP software that was included with the  
printer. Click the Device Services tab, and then click Print the Print Quality  
Diagnostic Page and follow the onscreen instructions.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X): Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock, and then click Print  
Quality Diagnostics.  
100  
Solve a problem  
       
1
2
3
4
1
Printer Information: Shows printer information (such as the printer model number, serial  
number, and firmware version number), the number of pages printed from the trays and  
duplexer, the ink level information, and the printhead health status.  
NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.  
When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge  
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until  
prompted to do so.  
2
3
Test Pattern 1: If the lines are not straight and connected, align the printheads. For more  
information, see To align the printheads.  
Test Pattern 2: If there are thin white lines across any of the colored blocks, clean the  
printheads. For more information, see To clean the printheads.  
NOTE: If there are thin white lines across all the color blocks and thin white lines across  
the gray blocks in Test Pattern 3, do NOT clean the printhead. Calibrate the linefeed  
instead. For more information, see To calibrate the linefeed.  
4
Test Pattern 3: If there are dark lines or white gaps where the arrows are pointing,  
calibrate the linefeed. For more information, see To calibrate the linefeed.  
To align the printheads  
Whenever you replace a printhead, the printer automatically aligns the printheads to  
ensure the best print quality. However, if the lines in Test Pattern 1 on the Print Quality  
101  
Solve print quality problems  
   
Chapter 9  
Diagnostic page are not straight and connected, you can start the alignment process  
manually. For more information, see Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page.  
NOTE: Before aligning the printheads, make sure you load plain paper. For more  
information, see Load media.  
•
•
Control panel: Touch right arrow , touch Setup, touch Tools, and then select  
Align Printer.  
Embedded Web server: Click the Settings tab, click Device Services in the left  
pane, select Align Printer from the drop-down list in the Print Quality section,  
and then click Run Diagnostic.  
•
•
HP Software (Windows): Open the HP software that was included with the  
printer. Click Printer Actions, click Maintenance Tasks, and then click Align  
Printheads.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X): Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock, and then click Align.  
To calibrate the linefeed  
If Test Pattern 3 on the Print Quality Diagnostic page shows white gaps or dark lines,  
you need to calibrate the linefeed. For more information, see Understand the Self Test  
Diagnostic Page.  
•
Control panel: Touch right arrow , touch Tools, and then select Calibrate  
Linefeed.  
•
Embedded Web server: Click the Settings tab, click Device Services in the left  
pane, select Calibrate Linefeed from the drop-down list in the Print Quality  
section, and then click Run Diagnostic.  
•
•
HP Software (Windows): Open the HP software that was included with the  
printer. Click the Device Services tab, and then click Linefeed Calibration and  
follow the onscreen instructions.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X): Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock, and then click  
Calibrate Linefeed.  
To clean the printheads  
To determine whether the printheads need to be cleaned, print a Print Quality  
Diagnostic page. For more information, see Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page.  
NOTE: Cleaning uses ink, so clean the printheads only when necessary.  
The cleaning process takes a few minutes. Some noise might be generated in the  
process.  
Before cleaning the printheads, make sure you load paper. For more information,  
see Load media.  
•
•
Control panel: PressSetup, select Tools, and then select Clean Printhead.  
Embedded Web server: Click the Device Settings tab, click Device Services in  
the left pane, select Clean Printheads from the drop-down list in the Print Quality  
section, and then click Run Diagnostic.  
102  
Solve a problem  
       
•
•
HP Software (Windows): Open the HP software that was included with the  
printer. Click the Device Services tab, and then click Clean Printheads and follow  
the onscreen instructions.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X): Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock, and then click Clean  
Printheads.  
To clean the printhead contacts manually  
After the printheads are installed, you might get a control-panel message telling you  
the printer cannot print. If you receive this message, you might need to clean the  
electrical contacts on the printheads and in the printer. Make sure there is paper in the  
printer before you start. See Load media for more information.  
CAUTION: Electrical contacts contain sensitive electronic components that can  
be damaged easily.  
1. Open the top cover.  
2. Touch Change Printheads on the printer control panel. Wait for the carriage to  
stop moving, and then unplug the power cord from the printer.  
3. Lift the printhead latch.  
103  
Solve print quality problems  
   
Chapter 9  
4. Lift the handle of the printhead (which corresponds to the control-panel message)  
and use it to pull the printhead out of its slot.  
5. Obtain clean, dry, soft and lint-free cleaning material. Suitable materials include  
paper coffee filters and eyeglass lens cleaning paper.  
CAUTION: Do not use water.  
6. Wipe the electrical contacts on the printhead but do not touch the nozzles.  
NOTE: The electrical contacts are small copper-color squares, grouped on  
one face of the printhead.  
The nozzles are on a different face of the printhead. Ink is visible on the nozzles.  
CAUTION: Touching the nozzles can cause permanent nozzle damage.  
CAUTION: Ink can permanently mark clothing.  
7. After cleaning, place the printhead on a sheet of paper or paper towel. Make sure  
the nozzles are facing up and are not in contact with the paper.  
104  
Solve a problem  
8. Clean the electrical contacts in the printhead slot inside the printer with a clean,  
dry, soft and lint-free cloth.  
9. Plug in the power cord and turn on the printer. The control panel should indicate  
that the printhead is missing.  
10. Insert the printhead into its color-coded slot (the label on the printhead must match  
the label on the printhead latch). Press down firmly on the printhead to ensure  
proper contact.  
11. Where necessary, repeat the steps for the remaining printheads.  
12. Pull the printhead latch all the way forward, and then press down to ensure that  
the latch is engaged correctly. You might have to apply some pressure to engage  
the latch.  
13. Close the top cover.  
14. If the control-panel message remains, repeat the cleaning procedure for the  
printhead that corresponds to the message.  
15. If the control-panel message remains, replace the printhead which corresponds to  
the message.  
16. Wait while the printer initializes the printheads and prints the alignment pages. If  
the printer does not print the pages, start the alignment process manually. For  
more information, see To align the printheads.  
To replace the printheads  
NOTE: To find out which printheads work with your printer, see Supplies.  
Replace the printheads only when the printhead health indicates that the  
printheads need replacement. For more information, see To check printhead health.  
1. Open the top cover.  
2. Touch Change Printheads on the printer control panel. Wait for the carriage to  
stop moving.  
105  
Solve print quality problems  
   
Chapter 9  
3. Lift the printhead latch.  
4. Lift the handle of a printhead and use it to pull the printhead out of its slot.  
106  
Solve a problem  
5. Before installing a printhead, shake the printhead up and down at least six times  
while the printhead is still in its packaging.  
6. Remove the new printhead from its package, and then remove its orange  
protective caps.  
CAUTION: Do not shake printheads after the caps are removed.  
7. Insert the printhead into its color-coded slot (the label on the printhead must match  
the label on the printhead latch). Press down firmly on the printhead to ensure  
proper contact.  
8. Pull the printhead latch all the way forward, and then press down to ensure that  
the latch is engaged correctly. You might have to apply some pressure to engage  
the latch.  
9. Close the top cover.  
10. Wait while the printer initializes the printheads and prints the alignment pages. If  
the printer does not print the pages, start the alignment process manually. For  
more information, see To align the printheads.  
107  
Solve print quality problems  
Chapter 9  
Solve paper-feed problems  
Media is not supported for the printer or tray  
Use only media that is supported for the printer and the tray being used. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
Media is not picked up from a tray  
•
Make sure media is loaded in the tray. For more information, see Load media. Fan  
the media before loading.  
•
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the  
media size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight,  
against the stack.  
•
•
Make sure media in the tray is not curled. Uncurl paper by bending it in the  
opposite direction of the curl.  
When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you  
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the  
special media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some  
media is picked up more easily if the tray is full.)  
•
If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that  
the tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top  
of other paper of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.  
Media is not coming out correctly  
•
Make sure the output tray extender is fully extended; otherwise, printed pages may  
fall off the printer.  
•
Remove excess media from the output tray. There is a limit to the number of  
sheets the tray can hold.  
Pages are skewing  
•
Make sure the media loaded in the trays is aligned to the paper guides. If needed,  
pull out the trays from the printer and reload the media correctly, making sure that  
the paper guides are aligned correctly.  
•
Load media into the printer only when it is not printing.  
108  
Solve a problem  
       
Multiple pages are being picked up  
•
•
Fan the media before loading.  
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the  
media size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight,  
against the stack.  
•
•
Make sure the tray is not overloaded with paper.  
When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you  
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the  
special media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some  
media is picked up more easily if the tray is full.)  
•
•
If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that  
the tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top  
of other paper of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.  
Use HP media for optimum performance and efficiency.  
Solve copy problems  
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.  
No copy came out  
Copies are blank  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Documents are missing or faded  
Size is reduced  
Copy quality is poor  
Copy defects are apparent  
The printer prints half a page, then ejects the paper  
Paper mismatch  
No copy came out  
•
Check the power  
Make sure that the power cord is securely connected, and the printer turned on.  
•
Check the status of the printer  
ƕ
The printer might be busy with another job. Check the control-panel display for  
information about the status of jobs. Wait for any job that is processing to finish.  
ƕ
The printer might be jammed. Check for jams. See Clear jams.  
•
Check the trays  
Make sure that media is loaded. See Load media for more information.  
109  
Solve copy problems  
       
Chapter 9  
Copies are blank  
•
•
•
Check the media  
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the  
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.  
Check the settings  
The contrast setting might be set too light. On the printer control panel, touch  
Copy, touch Lighter Darker, and then use the arrows to create darker copies.  
Check the trays  
If you are copying from the automatic document feeder (ADF), make sure that the  
originals have been loaded correctly. For more information, see Load an original in  
the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
Documents are missing or faded  
•
Check the media  
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the  
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.  
•
Check the settings  
The quality setting of Fast (which produces draft-quality copies) might be  
responsible for the missing or faded documents. Change to the Normal or Best  
setting.  
•
Check the original  
ƕ
The accuracy of the copy depends on the quality and size of the original. Use  
the Copy menu to adjust the brightness of the copy. If the original is too light,  
the copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast.  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the  
background, or the background might appear in a different shade.  
If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner glass,  
not the ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
If you are copying a photo, be sure to load it on the scanner glass as indicated  
by the icon on the scan bed.  
Size is reduced  
•
The reduce/enlarge or other copy feature might have been set from the printer  
control panel to reduce the scanned image. Check the settings for the copy job to  
make sure that they are for normal size.  
•
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. Change the  
settings, if needed. See the onscreen Help for the HP software for more information.  
110  
Solve a problem  
           
Copy quality is poor  
•
Take steps to improve the copy quality  
ƕ
Use quality originals.  
ƕ
Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew,  
causing unclear images. See Media specifications for more information.  
ƕ
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.  
•
Check the printer  
ƕ
ƕ
The scanner lid might not be closed correctly.  
The scanner glass or lid backing might need cleaning. See Maintain the printer  
for more information.  
ƕ
The automatic document feeder (ADF) might need cleaning. See Maintain the  
printer for more information.  
•
Print a Print Quality Diagnostic Page. Check for nozzle health problems that can  
cause streaks, wrong colors, and other poor quality copy problems. For more  
information, see Printhead maintenance.  
Copy defects are apparent  
•
Vertical white or faded stripes  
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the  
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.  
•
•
Too light or dark  
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.  
Unwanted lines  
The scanner glass, lid backing, or frame might need cleaning. See Maintain the  
printer for more information.  
•
•
Black dots or streaks  
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner  
glass or lid backing. Try cleaning the printer. See Maintain the printer for more  
information.  
Copy is slanted or skewed  
If you are using the automatic document feeder (ADF), check the following:  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure that the ADF input tray is not too full.  
Make sure that the ADF width adjusters are snug against the sides of the media.  
•
•
Unclear text  
ƕ
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.  
ƕ
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the  
setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more  
information, see Change copy settings.  
Incompletely filled text or graphics  
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.  
111  
Solve copy problems  
                   
Chapter 9  
•
•
Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)  
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the  
setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more  
information, see Change copy settings.  
Horizontal grainy or white bands in light-gray to medium-gray areas  
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the  
setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more  
information, see Change copy settings.  
The printer prints half a page, then ejects the paper  
Check the ink cartridges  
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on  
ink. For more information, see Printer management tools and Understand the Self Test  
Diagnostic Page.  
HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.  
Paper mismatch  
Check the settings  
Verify that the loaded media size and type matches the control panel settings.  
Solve scan problems  
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.  
NOTE: If you are starting the scan from a computer, see the HP software Help for  
troubleshooting information.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Scanner did nothing  
Scan takes too long  
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing  
Text cannot be edited  
Error messages appear  
Scanned image quality is poor  
Scan defects are apparent  
Scanner did nothing  
•
Check the original  
Make sure that the original is loaded correctly. For more information, see Load an  
original on the scanner glass.  
•
Check the printer  
The printer might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity,  
which delays processing a short while. Wait until the printer reaches the READY  
state.  
112  
Solve a problem  
             
Scan takes too long  
•
Check the settings  
ƕ
If you set the resolution too high, the scan job takes longer and results in larger  
files. To obtain good results, do not use a resolution that is higher than  
needed. You can lower the resolution to scan more quickly.  
ƕ
If you acquire an image through TWAIN, you can change the settings so that  
the original scans in black and white. See the onscreen Help for the TWAIN  
program for information.  
•
Check the status of the printer  
If you sent a print or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan starts if the  
scanner is not busy. However, the printing and scanning processes share memory,  
which means that the scan might be slower.  
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing  
•
Check the original  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information, see  
Load an original on the scanner glass.  
If you scanned the document from the ADF, try scanning the document directly  
from the scanner glass. For more information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass.  
ƕ
Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend into the  
background. Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try  
enhancing the image after you scan the original.  
•
Check the settings  
ƕ
Make sure that the input media size is large enough for the original that you  
are scanning.  
ƕ
If you are using the HP Printer Software, the default settings in the HP Printer  
Software might be set to automatically perform a specific task other than the  
one that you are attempting. See the onscreen Help for the HP Printer  
Software for instructions about changing the properties.  
Text cannot be edited  
•
Check the settings  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure that the OCR software is set to edit text.  
When you scan the original, make sure that you select a document type that  
creates editable text. If text is classified as a graphic, it is not converted to text.  
ƕ
Your OCR program might be linked to a word-processing program that does  
not perform OCR tasks. See the HP software Help for more information about  
linking programs.  
•
Check the originals  
ƕ
For OCR, the original must be loaded into the ADF with the top forward and  
face-up. Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information,  
see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
ƕ
The OCR program might not recognize text that is tightly spaced. For example,  
if the text that the OCR program converts has missing or combined characters,  
"rn" might appear as "m."  
113  
Solve scan problems  
           
Chapter 9  
ƕ
ƕ
The accuracy of the OCR program depends on the image quality, text size,  
and structure of the original and the quality of the scan itself. Make sure that  
your original has good image quality.  
Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend too much.  
Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing the  
image after you scan the original. If you are performing an OCR operation on  
an original, any colored text on the original does not scan well, if at all.  
Error messages appear  
•
Unable to activate TWAIN source or An error occurred while acquiring the  
image  
ƕ
If you are acquiring an image from another device, such as a digital camera or  
another scanner, make sure that the other device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices  
that are not TWAIN-compliant do not work with the HP software provided with  
the printer.  
ƕ
ƕ
If you are using a USB connection, make sure that you have connected the  
USB Device Cable to the correct port on the back of your computer.  
Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In the HP software, check the  
TWAIN source by selecting Select Scanner on the File menu.  
•
Reload document and then restart job  
Touch OK on the printer control panel, and then reload the remaining documents  
in the ADF. For more information see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
Scanned image quality is poor  
The original is a second-generation photo or picture  
Reprinted photographs, such as those in newspapers or magazines, are printed by  
using tiny dots of ink that make an interpretation of the original photograph, which  
degrades the quality. Often, the ink dots form unwanted patterns that can be detected  
when the image is scanned or printed or when the image appears on a screen. If the  
following suggestions do not solve the problem, you might need to use a better-quality  
version of the original.  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
To eliminate the patterns, try reducing the size of the image after scanning.  
Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better.  
Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job.  
For best results, use the scanner glass for scanning rather than the ADF.  
Text or images on the back of a two-sided original appear in the scan  
Two-sided originals can "bleed" text or images from the back side to the scan if the  
originals are printed on media that is too thin or too transparent.  
The scanned image is skewed (crooked)  
The original might have been loaded incorrectly. Be sure to use the media guides  
when you load the originals into the ADF. For more information, see Load an original  
on the scanner glass.  
114  
Solve a problem  
         
The image quality is better when printed  
The image that appears on the screen is not always an accurate representation of the  
quality of the scan.  
ƕ
ƕ
Try adjusting your computer monitor settings to use more colors (or levels of gray).  
On Windows computers, you typically make this adjustment by opening Display  
on the Windows control panel.  
Try adjusting the resolution and color settings.  
The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white stripes, or other defects  
ƕ
If the scanner glass is dirty, the image produced does not have optimum clarity.  
See Maintain the printer for cleaning instructions.  
ƕ
The defects might be on the original and are not a result of the scanning process.  
Graphics look different from the original  
Scan at a higher resolution.  
NOTE: Scanning at high resolution can take a long time, and it can take up  
a large amount of space on your computer.  
Take steps to improve the scan quality  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Use the glass to scan rather than the ADF.  
Use high-quality originals.  
Place the media correctly. If the media is placed incorrectly on the scanner glass, it  
might skew, which causes unclear images. For more information, see Load an  
original on the scanner glass.  
ƕ
Adjust the HP software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned  
page.  
ƕ
ƕ
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.  
Clean the scanner glass. See Clean the scanner glass for more information.  
Scan defects are apparent  
•
Blank pages  
Make sure that the original document is placed correctly. Place the original  
document face down on the flatbed scanner with the top-left corner of the  
document located in the lower-right corner of the scanner glass.  
•
Too light or dark  
ƕ
Try adjusting the settings. Be sure to use the correct resolution and color  
settings.  
ƕ
The original image might be very light or dark or might be printed on colored  
paper.  
•
Unwanted lines  
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner  
glass. Try cleaning the scanner glass. See Maintain the printer for more information.  
115  
Solve scan problems  
           
Chapter 9  
•
Black dots or streaks  
ƕ
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner  
glass; the scanner glass might be dirty or scratched; or the lid backing might be  
dirty. Try cleaning the scanner glass and lid backing. See Maintain the printer  
for more information. If cleaning does not correct the problem, the scanner  
glass or lid backing might need to be replaced.  
ƕ
The defects might be on the original and are not a result of the scanning  
process.  
•
•
Unclear text  
Try adjusting the settings. Make sure that the resolution and color settings are  
correct.  
Size is reduced  
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. See the HP  
printer software Help for more information about changing the settings.  
Solve fax problems  
This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the printer. If the printer  
is not set up correctly for faxing, you might experience problems when sending faxes,  
receiving faxes, or both.  
If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of  
the printer. The test fails if the printer is not set up correctly for faxing. Perform this test  
after you have completed setting up the printer for faxing. For more information, see  
Test fax setup.  
If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For  
more information, see The fax test failed.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The fax test failed  
The display always shows Phone Off Hook  
The printer is having problems sending and receiving faxes  
The printer is having problems sending a manual fax  
The printer cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes  
The printer cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes  
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine  
The phone cord that came with my printer is not long enough  
Color faxes do not print  
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
The fax test failed  
If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about  
the error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test  
failed, and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed  
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed  
116  
Solve a problem  
             
•
•
•
•
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed  
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed  
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed  
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed  
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed  
Solution:  
•
Turn the printer off by using the Power button located on the printer control  
panel and then unplug the power cord from the back of the printer. After a few  
seconds, plug the power cord in again, and then turn the power on. Run the  
test again. If the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting  
information in this section.  
•
•
Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,  
there might not be a problem.  
If you are running the test from the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Setup  
Assistant (Mac OS X), make sure the printer is not busy completing another  
task, such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the display for  
a message indicating that the printer is busy. If it is busy, wait until it is finished  
and in the idle state before running the test.  
•
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the printer. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone  
cord that came with the printer, run the fax test again.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and the printer is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test continues to  
fail and you experience problems faxing, contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/  
support. If prompted, select your country/region, and then click Contact HP for  
information on calling for technical support.  
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the printer to make  
sure the phone cord is secure.  
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the printer. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone  
cord that came with the printer, run the fax test again.  
117  
Solve fax problems  
       
Chapter 9  
•
Make sure you have correctly connected the printer to the telephone wall jack.  
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to  
your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE  
on the back of the printer. For more information on setting up the printer for  
faxing, see Additional fax setup.  
•
•
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that  
you are using for the printer and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial  
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.  
Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,  
there might not be a problem.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and the printer is ready for faxing.  
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed  
Solution: Plug the phone cord into the correct port.  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to  
your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE  
on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: If you use the 2-EXT port to connect to the telephone wall jack,  
you cannot send or receive faxes. The 2-EXT port should only be used to  
connect other equipment, such as an answering machine.  
Figure 9-1 Back view of the printer  
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to the "1-LINE"  
port  
118  
Solve a problem  
   
2. After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled 1-LINE, run the  
fax test again to make sure it passes and the printer is ready for faxing.  
3. Try to send or receive a test fax.  
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the printer. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone  
cord that came with the printer, run the fax test again.  
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to  
connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be  
connected to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer, and the other  
end to your telephone wall jack, as shown in the illustration.  
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to the "1-LINE"  
port  
If the phone cord that came with the printer is not long enough, you can use  
a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics  
store that carries phone accessories. You also need another phone cord,  
which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home  
or office.  
•
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the printer to make  
sure the phone cord is secure.  
119  
Solve fax problems  
   
Chapter 9  
•
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the printer. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone  
cord that came with the printer, run the fax test again.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the printer, might be  
causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem,  
disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test again. If the  
Dial Tone Detection Test passes without the other equipment, then one or  
more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one  
at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece of  
equipment is causing the problem.  
•
•
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that  
you are using for the printer and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial  
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the printer to the telephone wall jack.  
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to  
your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE  
on the back of the printer.  
•
•
•
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some PBX  
systems, this might cause the test to fail. This does not cause a problem  
sending or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.  
Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your  
country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the  
test might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes.  
Make sure you connect the printer to an analog phone line or you cannot send  
or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular analog  
phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal  
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect  
the printer to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.  
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the printer. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone  
cord that came with the printer, run the fax test again.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and the printer is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection test  
120  
Solve a problem  
   
continues to fail, contact your telephone company and have them check the phone  
line.  
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Make sure you connect the printer to an analog phone line or you cannot send  
or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular analog  
phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal  
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect  
the printer to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.  
•
•
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the printer to make  
sure the phone cord is secure.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the printer to the telephone wall jack.  
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to  
your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE  
on the back of the printer.  
•
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the printer, might be  
causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem,  
disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test again.  
ƕ
If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment, then  
one or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them  
back one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which  
piece of equipment is causing the problem.  
ƕ
If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment, connect  
the printer to a working phone line and continue reviewing the  
troubleshooting information in this section.  
•
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the printer. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone  
cord that came with the printer, run the fax test again.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it  
passes and the printer is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test continues  
to fail and you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone company and  
have them check the phone line.  
The display always shows Phone Off Hook  
Solution: You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are using  
the phone cord that came with the printer to connect the printer to your phone line.  
If the phone cord that came with the printer is not long enough, you can use  
a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store  
121  
Solve fax problems  
     
Chapter 9  
that carries phone accessories. You also need another phone cord, which can be  
a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.  
Solution: Other equipment that uses the same phone line as the printer might be  
in use. Make sure extension phones (phones on the same phone line, but not  
connected to the printer) or other equipment are not in use or off the hook. For  
example, you cannot use the printer for faxing if an extension phone is off the  
hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send email or access the  
Internet.  
The printer is having problems sending and receiving faxes  
Solution: Make sure the printer is turned on. Look at the display on the printer. If  
the display is blank and the Power light is not lit, the printer is turned off. Make  
sure the power cord is firmly connected to the printer and plugged into a power  
outlet. Press the Power button to turn on the printer.  
After turning on the printer, HP recommends you wait five minutes before sending  
or receiving a fax. The printer cannot send or receive faxes while it is initializing  
after being turned on.  
Solution: If Fax to PC or Fax to Mac has been enabled, you may not be able to  
send or receive faxes if the fax memory is full (limited by printer memory).  
Solution:  
•
Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to  
connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be  
122  
Solve a problem  
   
connected to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer and the other  
end to your telephone wall jack, as shown in the illustration.  
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to the "1-LINE"  
port  
If the phone cord that came with the printer is not long enough, you can use  
a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics  
store that carries phone accessories. You also need another phone cord,  
which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home  
or office.  
•
•
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that  
you are using for the printer and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial  
tone, call your local telephone company for service.  
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the printer, might be in  
use. For example, you cannot use the printer for faxing if an extension phone is  
off the hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send an email or  
access the Internet.  
•
•
Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the display or  
your computer for an error message providing information about the problem  
and how to solve it. If there is an error, the printer cannot send or receive a fax  
until the error condition is resolved.  
The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound quality  
(noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the phone line  
by plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other  
noise. If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM) off and try faxing  
again. For information about changing ECM, see Send a fax in Error Correction  
Mode. If the problem persists, contact your telephone company.  
•
If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you  
have a DSL filter connected or you cannot fax successfully. For more  
information, see Case B: Set up the printer with DSL.  
123  
Solve fax problems  
Chapter 9  
•
•
Make sure the printer is not connected to a telephone wall jack that is set up  
for digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular  
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal  
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.  
If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated  
services digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the  
printer is connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set to the  
correct switch type for your country/region, if possible. For more information,  
see Case C: Set up the printer with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line.  
•
If the printer shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the DSL modem  
might not be grounded correctly. If the DSL modem is not grounded correctly, it  
can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with poor sound quality (noise)  
can cause faxing problems. You can check the sound quality of the phone line  
by plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other  
noise. If you hear noise, turn off your DSL modem and completely remove  
power for at least 15 minutes. Turn the DSL modem back on and listen to the  
dial tone again.  
NOTE: You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If the  
printer stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this process.  
If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For information  
on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for support.  
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is  
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the  
splitter and connecting the printer directly to the telephone wall jack.  
The printer is having problems sending a manual fax  
Solution:  
NOTE: This possible solution applies only in the countries/regions that  
receive a 2-wire phone cord in the box with the printer, including: Argentina,  
Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Greece, India, Indonesia,  
Ireland, Japan, Korea, Latin America, Malaysia, Mexico, Philippines, Poland,  
Portugal, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, USA,  
Venezuela, and Vietnam.  
124  
Solve a problem  
   
•
Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly to  
the printer. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be connected directly  
to the port labeled 2-EXT on the printer, as shown in the illustration.  
3
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to the "1-LINE"  
port  
3
Telephone  
•
If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly to  
the printer, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the fax. You  
cannot use the keypad on the printer control panel.  
NOTE: If using a serial-type phone system, please connect your phone  
directly on top of the printer cable which has a wall plug attached to it.  
The printer cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes  
Solution:  
•
•
•
If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the  
Distinctive Ring feature on the printer is set to All Rings. For more  
information, see Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.  
If Auto Answer is set to Off, you need to receive faxes manually; otherwise,  
the printer cannot receive the fax. For information on receiving faxes manually,  
see Receive a fax manually.  
If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax  
calls, you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that you  
must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For information  
on setting up the printer when you have a voice mail service, see Case F:  
Shared voice/fax line with voice mail. For information on receiving faxes  
manually, see Receive a fax manually.  
125  
Solve fax problems  
   
Chapter 9  
•
•
If you have a computer dial-up modem on the same phone line with the printer,  
check to make sure that the software that came with your modem is not set to  
receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes  
automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which  
prevents the printer from receiving fax calls.  
If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with the printer, you  
might have one of the following problems:  
ƕ
ƕ
Your answering machine might not be set up correctly with the printer.  
Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the printer to  
detect fax tones, and the sending fax machine might disconnect.  
ƕ
Your answering machine might not have enough quiet time after your  
outgoing message to allow the printer to detect fax tones. This problem is  
most common with digital answering machines.  
The following actions might help solve these problems:  
ƕ
When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for  
fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the printer as  
described in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine.  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure the printer is set to receive faxes automatically. For information  
on setting up the printer to receive faxes automatically, see Receive a fax.  
Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings  
than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of  
rings before answering.  
ƕ
ƕ
Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If faxing is  
successful without the answering machine, the answering machine might  
be causing the problem.  
Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message  
again. Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration.  
Speak slowly and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave at  
least 5 seconds of silence at the end of the voice message. There should  
be no background noise when recording this silent time. Try to receive  
a fax again.  
NOTE: Some digital answering machines might not retain the  
recorded silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back your  
outgoing message to check.  
126  
Solve a problem  
•
If the printer shares the same phone line with other types of phone equipment,  
such as an answering machine, a computer dial-up modem, or a multi-port  
switch box, the fax signal level might be reduced. The signal level can also be  
reduced if you use a splitter or connect extra cables to extend the length of  
your phone. A reduced fax signal can cause problems during fax reception.  
To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything  
except the printer from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If you can  
receive faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more pieces of  
the other equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time  
and receiving a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is causing the  
problem.  
•
If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a distinctive  
ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the Distinctive  
Ring feature on the printer is set to match. For more information, see Change  
the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.  
The printer cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes  
Solution:  
•
The printer might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to insert  
some pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to access an  
outside line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause following the  
access number. If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses an outside line,  
you might insert pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To enter a pause in the fax  
number you are typing, touch the Space (#) button repeatedly, until a dash (-)  
appears on the display.  
You can also send the fax using monitor dialing. This enables you to listen to  
the phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and respond to  
prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using monitor dialing.  
•
The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or  
the receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the fax  
number from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax tones,  
the receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a voice mail  
service could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You can also ask  
the recipient to check the receiving fax machine for any problems.  
127  
Solve fax problems  
   
Chapter 9  
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine  
Solution:  
•
When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for fax  
calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the printer as described  
in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine. If you do not connect  
the answering machine as recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your  
answering machine.  
•
Make sure the printer is set to receive faxes automatically and that the Rings  
to Answer setting is correct. The number of rings to answer for the printer  
should be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering  
machine. If the answering machine and the printer are set to the same number  
of rings to answer, both devices answer the call and fax tones are recorded on  
the answering machine.  
•
Set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the printer to answer  
in the maximum number of rings supported. (The maximum number of rings  
varies by country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the  
call and the printer monitors the line. If the printer detects fax tones, the printer  
receives the fax. If the call is a voice call, the answering machine records the  
incoming message. For more information, see Set the number of rings before  
answering.  
The phone cord that came with my printer is not long enough  
Solution: If the phone cord that came with the printer is not long enough, you  
can use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an  
electronics store that carries phone accessories. You also need another phone  
cord, which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your  
home or office.  
TIP: If the printer came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you can use it with  
a 4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information on using the 2-wire  
phone cord adaptor, see the documentation that came with it.  
To extend your phone cord  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to  
the coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back  
of the printer.  
2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the  
telephone wall jack.  
Color faxes do not print  
Cause: The Incoming Fax Printing option is turned off.  
Solution: To print color faxes, make sure that the Incoming Fax Printing option in  
the printer control panel is turned on.  
128  
Solve a problem  
         
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
Cause: The computer selected to receive faxes is turned off.  
Solution: Make sure the computer selected to receive faxes is switched on at all  
times.  
Cause: Different computers are configured for setup and receiving faxes and one  
of them may be switched off.  
Solution: If the computer receiving faxes is different from the one used for setup,  
both computers should be switched on at all times.  
Cause: Fax to PC or Fax to Mac is not activated or the computer is not  
configured to receive faxes.  
Solution: Activate Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and make sure the computer is  
configured to receive faxes.  
Solve problems using HP Web sites and services  
This section provides solutions to common problems using HP Web sites and services.  
•
•
Solve problems using HP Web services  
Solve problems using HP Web sites  
Solve problems using HP Web services  
If you are having problems using the HP Apps or other Web services from the printer’s  
control panel, check the following:  
•
Make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.  
NOTE: To use the printer’s Web features, the printer must be connected to  
the Internet (either using an Ethernet cable or wireless connection). You cannot  
use these Web features if the printer is connected using a USB cable.  
•
•
Make sure the network hub, switch, or router is turned on and working correctly.  
If you are connecting the printer using an Ethernet cable, make sure you are not  
connecting the printer using a phone cord or a crossover cable to connect the  
printer to the network and that the Ethernet cable is securely connected to the  
printer. For more information, see Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems.  
•
If you are connecting the printer using a wireless connection, make sure the  
wireless network is functioning properly. For more information, see Solve wireless  
problems.  
Solve problems using HP Web sites and services  
129  
     
Chapter 9  
Solve problems using HP Web sites  
If you are having problems using HP Web sites from your computer, check the  
following:  
•
•
Make sure the computer that you are using is connected to the network.  
Make sure the Web browser meets the minimum system requirements. For more  
information, see HP Web site specifications.  
•
If your Web browser uses any proxy settings to connect to the Internet, try turning  
off these settings. For more information, see the documentation available with your  
Web browser.  
Solve HP Digital Solutions problems  
This section covers the following topics:  
•
•
Solving HP Direct Digital Filing problems  
Solving HP Digital Fax problems  
Solving HP Direct Digital Filing problems  
This section covers the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Common problems  
Unable to scan to network folder  
Unable to scan to e-mail  
The sharing dialog box is different after setting up HP Direct Digital Filing (Windows)  
Common problems  
Scanned images are incorrectly cropped when scanning using Automatic paper  
size  
Use the correct paper size if available, and only use Automatic when using small  
media/photos.  
The printer is not set up correctly on the network  
Make sure that the printer is set up properly and connected to the network:  
•
•
•
Try printing a document using the printer.  
Check the network settings for the printer and make sure it has a valid IP address.  
PING the printer and make sure that it is responding. For more information, see  
the documentation for your operating system.  
•
If you are connecting the printer using an Ethernet cable, make sure you are not  
connecting the printer using a phone cord or a crossover cable to connect the  
printer to the network and that the Ethernet cable is securely connected to the  
printer. For more information, see Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems.  
•
If you are connecting the printer using a wireless connection, make sure the  
wireless network is functioning properly. For more information, seeSolve wireless  
problems.  
130  
Solve a problem  
       
The server name cannot be found or resolved  
Connection to the server might fail if the server name provided during setup cannot be  
resolved to a specific IP address.  
•
•
Try to use the IP address of the server.  
When using DNS, be sure to do the following:  
ƕ
ƕ
Try to use fully qualified DNS names.  
Make sure the DNS server is set up correctly on the printer.  
TIP: If you have recently changed the DNS settings, turn off and then turn on the  
printer.  
For more information, contact your network administrator or the person who set up  
your network.  
Unable to scan to network folder  
NOTE: HP Direct Digital Filing does not support Active Directory.  
The computer where the network folder is located is turned off  
Make sure the computer where the network folder is stored is turned on and  
connected to the network.  
The network folder has not been set up correctly  
•
Make sure the folder is created on the server. For more information, see the  
documentation available for your operating system.  
•
Make sure the folder has been shared and that users can both read and write to  
the folder. If you are using a Macintosh computer, make sure you have enabled  
SMB sharing. For more information, see the documentation available for your  
operating system.  
•
Make sure the folder name uses only the letters or characters supported by the  
operating system. For more information, see the documentation available with the  
operating system.  
•
•
Make sure the folder name is entered in the correct format in the HP software. For  
more information, see the information in the wizard or the setup assistant.  
Make sure the valid username and password have been entered. For more  
information, see the information in the wizard or the setup assistant.  
The disk is full  
Make sure the server containing the network folder has sufficient free disk space.  
The printer cannot create a unique filename using the assigned prefix and suffix  
The printer can create up to 9,999 files using the same prefix and suffix. If you have  
scanned many files to a folder, change the prefix.  
Solve HP Digital Solutions problems  
131  
 
Chapter 9  
The filename prefix has not been set up correctly  
Make sure the folder name and filename uses only the letters or characters supported  
by the operating system. For more information, see the documentation available with  
the operating system.  
Unable to scan to e-mail  
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
see Finding the printer model number.  
The e-mail profile has not been set up correctly  
Make sure the valid outgoing SMTP server settings have been specified in the HP  
software. For more information about the SMTP server settings, see the  
documentation provided by your e-mail service provider.  
E-mail messages are sent to some recipients but not to others when sending to  
multiple recipients  
The e-mail addresses might not be correct or might not be recognized by the e-mail  
server. Make sure that the e-mail addresses for all e-mail recipients have been  
entered correctly in the HP software. Check your e-mail Inbox for any delivery  
notification failure messages from the e-mail server.  
Sending large e-mail messages  
Some e-mail servers have been configured to reject e-mail messages larger than  
a pre-determined size. To determine if your e-mail server has a maximum file-size  
limit, see the documentation provided by your e-mail service provider. If the e-mail  
server does have such a limit, change the maximum e-mail attachment size for the  
outgoing e-mail profile to a value smaller than that of the e-mail server.  
The sharing dialog box is different after setting up HP Direct Digital Filing  
(Windows)  
If you are using a computer running Windows XP, you can set up folders using Simple  
File Sharing (SFS).A folder set up using SFS is shared anonymously: it does not  
require a username or password, and all users can read and write to the folder. Also,  
the dialog box used to enable sharing is different from the standard, Windows sharing  
dialog box.  
However, to ensure that data sent from the printer is secure, the Scan to Network  
Folder Wizard does not support SFS, and the computer displays the standard sharing  
dialog box instead of the SFS dialog box. For more information, see the  
documentation available for your operating system.  
Solving HP Digital Fax problems  
NOTE: Fax to Network Folder does not support Active Directory.  
132  
Solve a problem  
     
NOTE: If you are using the HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f), you can only use  
Scan to Network Folder and Fax to Network Folder. To find your model number,  
see Finding the printer model number.  
The computer where the network folder is located is turned off  
If you are using Fax to Network Folder, make sure the computer selected to receive  
faxes is switched on at all times and connected to the network.  
The network folder has not been set up correctly  
If you are using Fax to Network Folder, verify the following:  
•
Make sure the folder is created on the server. For more information, see the  
documentation available for your operating system.  
•
Make sure the folder has been shared and that users can both read and write to  
the folder. If you are using a Macintosh computer, make sure you have enabled  
SMB sharing. For more information, see the documentation available for your  
operating system.  
•
Make sure the folder name uses only the letters or characters supported by the  
operating system. For more information, see the documentation available with the  
operating system.  
•
•
Make sure the folder name is entered in the correct format in the HP software. For  
more information, see the information in the wizard or the setup assistant.  
Make sure the valid username and password have been entered. For more  
information, see the information in the wizard or the setup assistant.  
Error conditions are interfering with HP Digital Fax  
If the printer has been configured to print incoming faxes but is out of paper, load  
paper in the input tray or resolve the error condition. After the incoming faxes are  
printed, they are saved to the network folder or forwarded to the designated e-mail  
address once printed.  
The internal memory is full  
If the internal memory in the printer is full, you cannot send or receive faxes. If the  
memory is full because too many unsaved faxes have been stored, follow the  
instructions on the printer’s control panel.  
CAUTION: Clearing the fax log and the internal memory deletes any unsaved  
faxes stored in the printer’s memory.  
Incorrect date and time on faxes  
If you are in a country/region that is observing Daylight Savings Time, the time stamp  
for faxes might not always reflect the accurate time for your local time zone. In  
addition, the default filename of faxes archived (which includes a time stamp) might  
also be affected.  
To see the correct times when faxes are received, print the fax log from the printer  
control panel.  
Solve HP Digital Solutions problems  
133  
Chapter 9  
To enable the correct time to be reported on faxes during Daylight Savings Time, use  
the EWS to manually change the time zone used by the printer to one that reflects the  
correct time:  
ƕ
Open a supported Web browser (such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Opera,  
Mozilla Firefox, or Safari) on your computer.  
ƕ
Type the IP address that has been assigned to printer.  
For example, if you are using an IPv4 network environment and the IP address is  
123.123.123.123, type the following address into the Web browser:  
http://123.123.123.123  
If you are using an IPv6-only network environment and the IP address is  
FE80::BA:D0FF:FE39:73E7, type the following address into the Web browser:  
http://[FE80::BA:D0FF:FE39:73E7]  
The EWS page appears in the Web browser window.  
For more information about using the EWS, see Embedded Web server.  
ƕ
ƕ
Click the Settings tab, and then, under Preferences, click Time Zone.  
Select the time zone that corresponds to the correct time (typically a time zone that  
is one hour ahead of yours).  
NOTE: When your country/region returns to Standard Time, change the time  
zone to reflect your time zone.  
Solve memory device problems  
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.  
NOTE: If you are starting a memory device operation from a computer, see the  
software Help for troubleshooting information.  
•
•
The printer cannot read the memory device  
The printer cannot read photos on the memory device  
The printer cannot read the memory device  
•
Check the memory device  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure that the memory device is one of the supported types. For more  
information, see Memory device specifications.  
Some memory devices have a switch that controls how they can be used.  
Make sure that the switch is set so that the memory device can be read.  
134  
Solve a problem  
     
ƕ
ƕ
Inspect the ends of the memory device for dirt or material that closes a hole or  
spoils a metal contact. Clean the contacts with a lint-free cloth and small  
amounts of isopropyl alcohol.  
Make sure that the memory device is working correctly by testing it with other  
devices.  
•
Check the memory device slot  
ƕ
Make sure that the memory device is fully inserted into the correct slot. For  
more information, see Insert a memory device.  
ƕ
Remove the memory card (when the light is not blinking) and shine a flashlight  
into the empty slot. See if any of the small pins inside are bent. When the  
computer is off, you can straighten slightly bent pins by using the tip of a thin,  
retracted ballpoint pen. If a pin has bent in such a way that it touches another  
pin, replace the memory card reader or have the printer serviced. For more  
information, see HP support.  
ƕ
Make sure that only one memory device has been inserted at a time in the  
slots. An error message should appear on the control-panel display if more  
than one memory device is inserted.  
The printer cannot read photos on the memory device  
Check the memory device  
The memory device might be corrupt.  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems  
If you are unable to connect the printer to your wired (Ethernet) network, perform one  
or more of the following tasks.  
NOTE: After correcting any of the following, run the installation program again.  
•
•
General network troubleshooting  
Network port created does not match printer IP address (Windows)  
General network troubleshooting  
If you are unable to install the HP software provided with the printer, verify that:  
•
•
•
All cable connections to the computer and the printer are secure.  
The network is operational and the network hub is turned on.  
All applications, including virus protection programs, spyware protection programs,  
and firewalls, are closed or disabled for computers running Windows  
•
The printer is installed on the same subnet as the computers that use the printer.  
If the installation program cannot discover the printer, print the network configuration  
page, and enter the IP address manually in the installation program. For more  
information, see Understand the network configuration page.  
Though it is not recommended that you assign the printer with a static IP address, you  
might resolve some installation problems (such as a conflict with a personal firewall)  
by doing so.  
135  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems  
           
Chapter 9  
Network port created does not match printer IP address (Windows)  
If you are using a computer running Windows, make sure that the network ports  
created in the printer driver match the printer IP address:  
1. Print the printer’s network configuration page  
2. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
3. Right-click the printer icon, click Properties, and then click the Ports tab.  
4. Select the TCP/IP port for the printer, and then click Configure Port.  
5. Compare the IP address listed in the dialog box and make sure it matches the IP  
address listed on the network configuration page. If the IP addresses are different,  
change the IP address in the dialog box to match the address on the network  
configuration page.  
6. Click OK twice to save the settings and close the dialog boxes.  
Solve wireless problems  
If the printer is unable to communicate with the network after completing the wireless  
setup and HP software installation, perform one or more of these tasks in the following  
order.  
•
•
Basic wireless troubleshooting  
Advanced wireless troubleshooting  
Basic wireless troubleshooting  
Perform the following steps in the order presented.  
NOTE: If this is the first time you are setting up the wireless connection, and you  
are using the HP software included with the printer, make sure that the USB cable  
is connected to the printer and the computer.  
Step 1 - Make sure the wireless (802.11) light is turned on  
If the blue light near the printer's wireless button is not lit, the wireless capabilities  
might not have been turned on. To turn on wireless, touch right arrow , touch  
Network, touch Wireless, touch Wireless Radio, and then select Yes.  
NOTE: If your printer supports Ethernet networking, make sure that an Ethernet  
cable has not been connected to the printer. Connecting an Ethernet cable turns  
off the printer's wireless capabilities.  
Step 2 - Restart components of the wireless network  
Turn off the router and the printer, and then turn them back on in this order: router first  
and then the printer. If you still are unable to connect, turn off the router, printer, and  
your computer. Sometimes, turning off the power and then turning it back on recovers  
a network communication issue.  
136  
Solve a problem  
           
Step 3 - Run the Wireless Network Test  
For wireless networking issues, run the Wireless Network Test. To print a Wireless  
Network Test page, touch right arrow , touch Network, touch Wireless, and then  
select Wireless Network Test. If a problem is detected, the printed test report  
includes recommendations that might help solve the problem.  
Advanced wireless troubleshooting  
If you have tried the suggestions provided in the Basic troubleshooting section and are  
still unable to connect to your printer to the wireless network, try the following  
suggestions in the order presented:  
•
•
•
•
•
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network  
Step 2: Make sure that the printer is connected to your network  
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication  
Step 4: Make sure the printer is online and ready  
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the printer is set as the default printer  
driver (Windows only)  
•
•
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows  
only)  
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)  
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network  
To check a wired (Ethernet) connection  
Ÿ Many computers have indicator lights beside the port where the Ethernet cable  
from the router connects to your computer. Usually there are two indicator lights,  
one that is on and another that blinks. If your computer has indicator lights, check  
to see if the indicator lights are on. If the lights are not on, try reconnecting the  
Ethernet cable to the computer and the router. If you still do not see lights, there  
might be a problem with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer.  
NOTE: Macintosh computers do not have indicator lights. To check the  
Ethernet connection on a Macintosh computer, click System Preferences in  
the Dock, and then click Network. If the Ethernet connection is working  
correctly, Built-in Ethernet appears in the list of connections, along with the IP  
address and other status information. If Built-in Ethernet does not appear in  
the list, there might be a problem with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your  
computer. For more information, click the Help button in the window.  
137  
Solve wireless problems  
     
Chapter 9  
To check a wireless connection  
1. Make sure that your computer's wireless has been turned on. (For more  
information, see the documentation that came with your computer.)  
2. If you are not using a unique network name (SSID), then it is possible that your  
wireless computer could be connected to a nearby network that is not yours.  
The following steps can help you determine if your computer is connected to your  
network.  
Windows  
a. Click Start, click Control Panel, point to Network Connections, and then  
click View Network Status and Tasks.  
or  
Click Start, select Settings, click Control Panel, double-click Network  
Connections, click the View menu, and then select Details.  
Leave the network dialog box open while you continue to the next step.  
b. Disconnect the power cord from the wireless router. The connection status of  
your computer should change to Not Connected.  
c. Reconnect the power cord to the wireless router. The connection status should  
change to Connected.  
Mac OS X  
Ÿ Click the AirPort icon in the menu bar at the top of the screen. From the menu  
that appears, you can determine if the AirPort is turned on and which wireless  
network your computer is connected to.  
NOTE: For more detailed information about your AirPort connection, click  
System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Network. If the wireless  
connection is working correctly, a green dot appears next to AirPort in the  
list of connections. For more information, click the Help button in the window.  
If you are unable to get your computer connected to your network, contact the person  
who set up your network or the router manufacturer as there might be a hardware  
issue with either your router or computer.  
If you are able to access the Internet and are using a computer running Windows, you  
can also access HP Network Assistant at www.hp.com/sbso/wireless/tools-setup.html?  
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN for help in setting up a network. (This Web site is only  
available in English.)  
Step 2: Make sure that the printer is connected to your network  
If your printer is not connected to the same network as your computer, you cannot use  
the printer over the network. Follow the steps described in this section to find out if  
your printer is actively connected to the correct network.  
NOTE: If your wireless router or Apple AirPort Base Station is using a hidden  
SSID, your printer cannot automatically detect the network.  
138  
Solve a problem  
 
A: Make sure the printer is on the network  
1. If the printer supports Ethernet networking and is connected to an Ethernet  
network, make sure an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the back of the printer. If  
an Ethernet cable is plugged into the back, then wireless connectivity is disabled.  
2. If the printer is connected to a wireless network, print the printer's Wireless  
Configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network  
configuration page.  
Ÿ After the page has been printed, check the Network Status and URL:  
Network Status  
If the Network Status is Ready, the  
printer is actively connected to  
a network.  
If the Network Status is Offline, the  
printer is not connected to a network.  
Run the Wireless Network Test  
(using the instructions at the  
beginning of this section) and follow  
any recommendations.  
•
•
URL  
The URL shown here is the network  
address assigned to the printer by your  
router. You need this to connect to the  
embedded Web server.  
B: Check to see if you can access the EWS  
Ÿ After you establish that the computer and the printer both have active connections  
to a network, you can verify if they are on the same network by accessing the  
printer's EWS. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
To access the EWS  
a. On your computer, open the Web browser you typically use to access the  
Internet (for example, Internet Explorer or Safari). In the address box, type the  
URL of the printer as it was shown on the network configuration page (for  
example, http://192.168.1.101).  
NOTE: If you are using a proxy server in your browser, you might need to  
disable it to access the EWS.  
b. If you can access the EWS, try using the printer over the network (such as to  
print) to see if your network setup was successful.  
c. If you cannot access the EWS or are still having problems using the printer  
over the network, continue to the next section regarding firewalls.  
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication  
If you cannot access the EWS and are sure both the computer and printer have active  
connections to the same network, the firewall security software might be blocking  
communication. Temporarily turn off any firewall security software running on your  
computer and then try to access the EWS again. If you can access the EWS, try using  
the printer (for printing).  
139  
Solve wireless problems  
 
Chapter 9  
If you are able to access the EWS and use your printer with the firewall turned off, you  
need to reconfigure your firewall settings to allow the computer and printer to  
communicate with each other over the network. For more information, see Configure  
your firewall to work with printers.  
If you are able to access the EWS, but are still unable to use the printer even with the  
firewall turned off, try enabling the firewall software to recognize the printer.  
Step 4: Make sure the printer is online and ready  
If you have the HP software installed, you can check the printer’s status from your  
computer to see if the printer is paused or offline, preventing you from using it.  
To check the printer’s status, complete the following steps:  
Windows  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. If the printers on your computer are not being displayed in Details view, click the  
View menu, and then click Details.  
3. Do one of the following, depending on the printer status:  
a. If the printer is Offline, right-click the printer, and click Use Printer Online.  
b. If the printer is Paused, right-click the printer, and click Resume Printing.  
4. Try using the printer over the network.  
Mac OS X  
1. Click System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Print & Fax.  
2. Select the printer, and the click Print Queue.  
3. If Jobs Stopped appears in the window that appears, click Start Jobs.  
If you can use the printer after performing the steps above but find that the symptoms  
persist as you continue to use the printer, your firewall might be interfering. If you still  
cannot use the printer over the network, continue to the next section for additional  
troubleshooting help.  
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the printer is set as the default printer  
driver (Windows only)  
If you install the HP software again, the installer might create a second version of the  
printer driver in your Printers or Printers and Faxes folder. If you have difficulties  
140  
Solve a problem  
   
printing or connecting to the printer, make sure the correct version of the printer driver  
is set as the default.  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. Determine if the version of the printer driver in the Printers or Printers and Faxes  
folder is connected wirelessly:  
a. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties, Document Defaults, or  
Printing Preferences.  
b. On the Ports tab, look for a port in the list with a checkmark. The version of the  
printer driver that is connected wirelessly has Standard TCP/IP Port as the  
Port description, next to the checkmark.  
3. Right-click the printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected  
wirelessly, and select Set as Default Printer.  
NOTE: If there is more than one icon in the folder for the printer, right-click the  
printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected wirelessly, and  
select Set as Default Printer.  
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows  
only)  
To restart the HP Network Device Support service  
1. Delete any print jobs currently in the print queue.  
2. On the desktop, right-click My Computer or Computer, and then click Manage.  
3. Double-click Services and Applications, and then click Services.  
4. Scroll down the list of services, right click HP Network Devices Support, and then  
click Restart.  
5. After the service restarts, try using the printer over the network again.  
If you are able to use the printer over the network, your network setup was successful.  
If you still cannot use the printer over the network or if you have to periodically perform  
this step in order to use your printer over the network, your firewall might be interfering.  
If this still does not work, there might be a problem with your network configuration or  
router. Contact the person who set up your network or the router manufacturer for help.  
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)  
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a WAP is configured with a list of MAC  
addresses (also called “hardware addresses”) of devices that are allowed to gain  
access to the network through the WAP. If the WAP does not have the hardware  
address of a device attempting to access the network, the WAP denies the device  
141  
Solve wireless problems  
   
Chapter 9  
access to the network. If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the printer’s MAC  
address must be added to the WAP’s list of accepted MAC addresses.  
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the  
network configuration page.  
•
Open the WAP’s configuration utility, and add the printer’s hardware address to the  
list of accepted MAC addresses.  
Configure your firewall to work with printers  
A personal firewall, which is security software running on your computer, can block  
network communication between your printer and your computer.  
If you are having problems such as:  
•
•
•
•
Printer not found when installing HP software  
Unable to print, print job stuck in queue or printer goes offline  
Scan communication errors or scanner busy messages  
Unable to see printer status on your computer  
The firewall might be preventing your printer from notifying computers on your network  
where it can be found. If the HP software cannot find the printer during installation  
(and you know the printer is on the network), or you have already successfully  
installed HP software and experience problems, try the following:  
1. If you are using a computer running Windows, in the firewall configuration utility,  
look for an option to trust computers on the local subnet (sometimes called the  
“scope“ or “zone“). By trusting all computers on the local subnet, computers and  
devices in your home or office can communicate with each other while still being  
protected from the internet. This is the easiest approach to use.  
2. If you do not have the option to trust computers on the local subnet, add incoming  
UDP port 427 to your firewall’s list of allowed ports.  
NOTE: Not all firewalls require you to differentiate between incoming and  
outgoing ports, but some do.  
Another common problem is that HP software is not set as a trusted software by your  
firewall to access the network. This can happen if you answered “block“ to any firewall  
dialog boxes that appeared when you installed the HP software.  
If this occurs, and if you are using a computer running Windows, check that the  
following programs are in your firewall’s list of trusted applications; add any that are  
missing.  
•
•
hpqkygrp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\ digital imaging\bin  
hpqscnvw.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\ digital imaging\bin  
- or -  
hpiscnapp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\ digital imaging\bin  
hpqste08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\ digital imaging\bin  
hpqtra08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\ digital imaging\bin  
hpqthb08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\ digital imaging\bin  
•
•
•
142  
Solve a problem  
   
NOTE: Refer to your firewall documentation on how to configure the firewall port  
settings and how to add HP files to the “trusted“ list.  
Some firewalls continue to cause interference even after you disable them. If you  
continue to have problems after configuring the firewall as described above and if  
you are using a computer running Windows, you might need to uninstall the firewall  
software in order to use the printer over the network.  
Advanced firewall information  
The following ports are also used by your printer and might need to be opened on your  
firewall configuration. Incoming ports (UDP) are destination ports on the computer  
while outgoing ports (TCP) are destination ports on the printer.  
•
•
Incoming (UDP) ports: 137, 138, 161, 427  
Outgoing (TCP) ports: 137, 139, 427, 9100, 9220, 9500  
The ports are used for the following functions:  
Printing  
•
•
UDP ports: 427, 137, 161  
TCP port: 9100  
Photo card upload  
•
•
UDP ports: 137, 138, 427  
TCP port: 139  
Scanning  
•
•
UDP port: 427  
TCP ports: 9220, 9500  
HP printer status  
UDP port: 161  
Faxing  
•
•
UDP port: 427  
TCP port: 9220  
HP printer installation  
UDP port: 427  
Solve printer management problems  
This section provides solutions to common problems that involve managing the printer.  
This section contains the following topic:  
•
Embedded Web server cannot be opened  
Solve printer management problems  
143  
 
Chapter 9  
NOTE: To use the embedded EWS, the printer must be connected to a network  
using either an Ethernet or a wireless connection. You cannot use the embedded  
Web server if the printer is connected to a computer with a USB cable.  
Embedded Web server cannot be opened  
Check your network setup  
•
Make sure you are not using a phone cord or a crossover cable to connect the  
printer to the network.  
•
•
Make sure the network cable is securely connected to the printer.  
Make sure the network hub, switch, or router is turned on and working correctly.  
Check the computer  
Make sure the computer that you are using is connected to the network.  
NOTE: To use the EWS, the printer must be connected to a network using either  
an Ethernet or a wireless connection. You cannot use the embedded Web server if  
the printer is connected to a computer with a USB cable.  
Check your Web browser  
•
Make sure the Web browser meets the minimum system requirements. For more  
information, see System requirements.  
•
If your Web browser uses any proxy settings to connect to the Internet, try turning  
off these settings. For more information, see the documentation available with your  
Web browser.  
•
Make sure JavaScript and cookies are enabled in your Web browser. For more  
information, see the documentation available with your Web browser.  
Check the printer IP address  
•
To check the IP address of the printer, obtain the IP address by printing a network  
configuration page. Touch right arrow, select Setup , select Network, and then  
select Print Network Settings.  
•
Ping the printer using the IP address from the command prompt.  
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following at the MS-  
DOS prompt:  
C:\Ping 123.123.123.123  
Or, in Mac OS X, use one of the following methods:  
ƕ
Open Terminal (available in the Applications > Utilities folder) and type the  
following: ping 123.123.123  
ƕ
Open the Network Utility (available in the Applications > Utilities folder) and  
click the Ping tab.  
If a reply appears, the IP address is correct. If a time-out response appears, the IP  
address is incorrect.  
144  
Solve a problem  
     
Troubleshoot installation issues  
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.  
•
•
•
Hardware installation suggestions  
HP software installation suggestions  
Solve network problems  
Hardware installation suggestions  
Check the printer  
•
Make sure that all packing tape and material have been removed from outside and  
inside the printer.  
•
•
Make sure that the printer is loaded with paper.  
Make sure that no lights are on or blinking except the Ready light, which should be  
on. If the Attention light is blinking, check for messages on the printer control panel.  
Check the hardware connections  
•
•
Make sure that any cords and cables that you are using are in good working order.  
Make sure that the power cord is connected securely to both the printer and to  
a working power outlet.  
Check the printheads and ink cartridges  
•
Make sure that all of the printheads and ink cartridges are firmly installed in their  
correct, colorcoded slot. Press down firmly on each one to ensure proper contact.  
The printer cannot work if they are not all installed.  
•
•
Make sure that the printhead latch is closed correctly.  
If the display shows a printhead error message, clean the contacts on the  
printheads.  
HP software installation suggestions  
Check the computer system  
•
•
•
Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.  
Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.  
In the Windows Device Manager, make sure that the USB drivers have not been  
disabled.  
•
If you are using a computer running Windows, and the computer cannot detect the  
printer, run the uninstallation utility (util\ccc\uninstall.bat on the installation CD) to  
perform a clean uninstallation of the printer driver. Restart your computer, and  
reinstall the printer driver.  
145  
Troubleshoot installation issues  
           
Chapter 9  
Verify installation preliminaries  
•
Make sure to use the installation CD that contains the correct HP software for your  
operating system.  
•
•
Before installing HP software, make sure that all other programs are closed.  
If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD-ROM drive that you type,  
make sure that you are specifying the correct drive letter.  
•
If the computer cannot recognize the installation CD in the CD-ROM drive, inspect  
the installation CD for damage. You can download the printer driver from the HP  
Web site (www.hp.com/support).  
NOTE: After correcting any problems, run the installation program again.  
Solve network problems  
General network troubleshooting  
• If you are unable to install the HP software, verify that:  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
All cable connections to the computer and the printer are secure.  
The network is operational and the network hub is turned on.  
All applications, including virus protection programs, spyware protection  
programs, and firewalls, are closed or disabled for computers running Windows.  
ƕ
ƕ
Make sure the printer is installed on the same subnet as the computers that  
use the printer.  
If the installation program cannot discover the printer, print the network  
configuration page and enter the IP address manually in the installation  
program. For more information, see Understand the network configuration page.  
•
If you are using a computer running Windows, make sure that the network ports  
created in the printer driver match the printer IP address:  
ƕ
ƕ
Print the printer’s network configuration page.  
Click Start, then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
Right-click the printer icon, click Properties, and then click the Ports tab.  
Select the TCP/IP port for the printer, and then click Configure Port.  
Compare the IP address listed in the dialog box and make sure it matches the  
IP address listed on the network configuration page. If the IP addresses are  
different, change the IP address in the dialog box to match the address on the  
network configuration page.  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Click OK twice to save the settings and close the dialog boxes.  
Problems connecting to a wired network  
•
If the Network light on the printer control panel does not turn on, make sure that all  
of the “General network troubleshooting” conditions are met.  
•
Though it is not recommended that you assign the printer with a static IP address,  
you might resolve some installation problems (such as a conflict with a personal  
firewall) by doing so.  
146  
Solve a problem  
   
To reset the printer's network settings  
1. Touch right arrow , touch Network, touch Restore Network Defaults, and then  
select Yes. A message appears stating that the network defaults have been  
restored.  
2. Touch right arrow , touch Reports, and then select Print Network  
Configuration Page to print the network configuration page and verify that the  
network settings have been reset.  
Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page  
Use the self test diagnostic page to view current printer information and ink cartridge  
status. Also use the self test diagnostic page to help you troubleshoot problems with  
the printer.  
The self test diagnostic page also contains a log of recent events.  
If you need to call HP, it is often useful to print the self test diagnostic page before  
calling.  
1
2
3
147  
Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page  
     
Chapter 9  
1. Printer Information: Shows printer information (such as the printer name, model  
number, serial number, and firmware version number), the accessories that are  
installed (such as the duplexer), and the number of pages printed from the trays  
and accessories.  
2. Ink Cartridge Status: Shows the estimated ink levels (represented in graphical  
form as gauges) and the part numbers and expiration dates of the ink cartridges.  
NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning  
purposes only. When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having  
a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not  
need to replace cartridges until prompted to do so.  
3. Printhead Status: Shows the status of the printhead health and the part numbers,  
first-installation dates, and end-of-warranty dates of the printheads, as well as the  
accumulated ink usage. The status options for the printhead are: good, fair, and  
replace. If the status is “fair,” then the print quality must be monitored, but the  
printhead does not need to replaced. If the status is “replace,” then the printhead  
must be replaced.  
To print the Self Test Diagnostic Page  
From the Home screen, touch right arrow , and then select Setup. Touch Reports,  
and then select Printer Status Report.  
Understand the network configuration page  
If the printer is connected to a network, you can print a network configuration page to  
view the network settings for the printer. You can use the network configuration page  
148  
Solve a problem  
           
to help troubleshoot network connectivity problems. If you need to call HP, it is often  
useful to print this page before calling.  
1
2
3
4
5
1. General Information: Shows information about the current status and active  
connection type of the network, and other information, such as the URL of the  
embedded Web server.  
2. 802.3 Wired: Shows information about the active wired network connection, such  
as the IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, as well as the hardware address  
of the printer.  
3. 802.11 Wireless (some models): Shows information about your wireless network  
connection, such as the hostname, IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and  
server.  
4. Miscellaneous: Shows information about more advanced network settings.  
•
Port 9100: The printer supports raw IP printing through TCP Port 9100. This  
HP-proprietary TCP/IP port on the printer is the default port for printing. It is  
accessed by HP software (for example, the HP Standard Port).  
•
LPD: Line Printer Daemon (LPD) refers to the protocol and programs  
associated with line-printer spooling services that may be installed on various  
TCP/IP systems.  
NOTE: The LPD functionality can be used with any host implementation  
of LPD that complies with the RFC 1179 document. The process for  
configuring printer spoolers, however, might differ. See your system  
documentation for information about configuring these systems.  
149  
Understand the network configuration page  
Chapter 9  
•
•
Bonjour: Bonjour services (which use mDNS, or Multicast Domain Name  
System) are typically used on small networks for IP address and name  
resolution (through UDP port 5353), where a conventional DNS server is not  
used.  
SLP: Service Location Protocol (SLP) is an Internet standard network protocol  
that provides a framework to allow networking applications to discover the  
existence, location, and configuration of networked services in enterprise  
networks. This protocol simplifies discovery and use of network resources such  
as printers, Web servers, fax machines, video cameras, files systems, backup  
devices (tape drives), databases, directories, mail servers, calendars.  
•
Microsoft Web Services: Enable or disable the Microsoft Web Services  
Dynamic Discovery (WS Discovery) protocols or Microsoft Web Services for  
Devices (WSD) Print services supported on the printer. Disable unused print  
services to prevent access through those services.  
NOTE: For more information about WS Discovery and WSD Print, visit  
www.microsoft.com.  
•
•
SNMP: SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is used by network  
management applications for device management. The printer supports  
SNMPv1 protocol on IP networks.  
WINS: If you have a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server on  
your network, the printer automatically obtains its IP address from that server  
and registers its name with any RFC 1001 and 1002-compliant dynamic name  
services as long as a WINS server IP address has been specified.  
5. Connected PC(s): Lists the computers connected to this printer, as well as the last  
time these computers accessed the printer.  
To print the network configuration page from the printer control panel  
From the Home screen, touch right arrow , and then select Setup. Touch Reports,  
and then select Network Configuration Page.  
Clear jams  
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a job. Try the following remedies before  
you attempt to clear the jam.  
•
Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
•
•
•
Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.  
Make sure that the printer is clean. For more information, see Maintain the printer.  
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more  
information, see Load media.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Clear paper jams  
Avoid paper jams  
150  
Solve a problem  
   
Clear paper jams  
If the paper was loaded in the input tray, you might need to clear the paper jam from  
the duplexer.  
Paper can also jam in the automatic document feeder. Several common actions can  
cause paper to jam the automatic document feeder:  
•
Placing too much paper in the document feeder tray. For information on the  
maximum number of sheets allowed in the automatic document feeder, see Media  
specifications.  
•
•
Using paper that is too thick or too thin for the printer.  
Trying to add paper to the document feeder tray while the printer is feeding pages.  
To clear a jam  
Use these steps to clear a paper jam.  
1. Remove all media from the output tray.  
CAUTION: Trying to clear a paper jam from the front of the printer can  
damage the print mechanism. Always access and clear paper jams through the  
duplexer.  
2. Check the duplexer.  
a. Push the button on either side of the duplexer, and then remove the panel or  
unit.  
b. Locate any jammed media inside the printer, grasp it with both hands and then  
pull it towards you.  
151  
Clear jams  
   
Chapter 9  
c. If the jam is not there, push the latch on the top of the duplexer and lower its  
cover. If the jam is inside, carefully remove it. Close the cover.  
d. Reinsert the duplexer into the printer.  
3. Open the top cover and remove any debris.  
4. If you have not found the jam and have Tray 2 installed, pull out the tray and  
remove the jammed media, if possible. If not, do the following:  
a. Ensure the printer is turned off and disconnect the power cord.  
b. Lift the printer off Tray 2.  
c. Remove the jammed media from the bottom of the printer or from Tray 2.  
d. Reposition the printer on top of Tray 2.  
5. Open the print carriage access door. If there is paper remaining inside the printer,  
ensure the carriage has moved to the right of the printer, free any paper scraps or  
wrinkled media, and pull the media towards you through the top of the printer.  
WARNING! Do not reach into the printer when it is on and the carriage is  
stuck. When you open the print carriage access door, the carriage should  
return to its position on the right side of the printer. If it does not move to the  
right, turn off the printer before you remove any jam.  
6. After clearing the jam, close all covers, turn on the printer (if you turned it off) and  
resend the print job.  
152  
Solve a problem  
To clear a paper jam in the automatic document feeder  
1. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder.  
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.  
CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check  
the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might remain inside the  
printer. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the printer, more  
paper jams are likely to occur.  
3. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.  
Avoid paper jams  
To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines.  
•
•
Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.  
Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable  
bag.  
•
•
•
Ensure that paper loaded in the input tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or  
torn.  
Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the input tray; the entire  
stack of paper in the input tray must be the same size and type.  
Adjust the paper-width guide in the input tray to fit snugly against all paper. Make  
sure the paper-width guide does not bend the paper in the input tray.  
•
•
Do not force paper too far forward in the input tray.  
Use paper types that are recommended for the printer. For more information, see  
Media specifications.  
153  
Clear jams  
   
A Technical information  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
Warranty information  
Printer specifications  
Regulatory information  
Environmental product stewardship program  
Third-party licenses  
Warranty information  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement  
Ink cartridge warranty information  
154  
Technical information  
   
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement  
HP product  
Duration of limited warranty  
Software Media  
Printer  
90 days  
1 year  
Print or Ink cartridges  
Until the HP ink is depleted or the “end of warranty” date printed  
on the cartridge has been reached, whichever occurs first. This  
warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled,  
remanufactured, refurbished, misused, or tampered with.  
Printheads (only applies to products with customer  
replaceable printheads)  
1 year  
Accessories  
1 year unless otherwise stated  
A. Extent of limited warranty  
1. Hewlett-Packard (HP) warrants to the end-user customer that the HP products specified above will be free from defects  
in materials and workmanship for the duration specified above, which duration begins on the date of purchase by the  
customer.  
2. For software products, HP’s limited warranty applies only to a failure to execute programming instructions. HP does not  
warrant that the operation of any product will be interrupted or error free.  
3. HP's limited warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the product, and does not cover  
any other problems, including those that arise as a result of:  
a. Improper maintenance or modification;  
b. Software, media, parts, or supplies not provided or supported by HP;  
c. Operation outside the product's specifications;  
d. Unauthorized modification or misuse.  
4. For HP printer products, the use of a non-HP cartridge or a refilled cartridge does not affect either the warranty to the  
customer or any HP support contract with the customer. However, if printer failure or damage is attributable to the use of  
a non-HP or refilled cartridge or an expired ink cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to  
service the printer for the particular failure or damage.  
5. If HP receives, during the applicable warranty period, notice of a defect in any product which is covered by HP's  
warranty, HP shall either repair or replace the product, at HP's option.  
6. If HP is unable to repair or replace, as applicable, a defective product which is covered by HP's warranty, HP shall,  
within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect, refund the purchase price for the product.  
7. HP shall have no obligation to repair, replace, or refund until the customer returns the defective product to HP.  
8. Any replacement product may be either new or like-new, provided that it has functionality at least equal to that of the  
product being replaced.  
9. HP products may contain remanufactured parts, components, or materials equivalent to new in performance.  
10. HP's Limited Warranty Statement is valid in any country where the covered HP product is distributed by HP. Contracts  
for additional warranty services, such as on-site service, may be available from any authorized HP service facility in  
countries where the product is distributed by HP or by an authorized importer.  
B. Limitations of warranty  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS MAKES ANY  
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR  
CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
C. Limitations of liability  
1. To the extent allowed by local law, the remedies provided in this Warranty Statement are the customer's sole and  
exclusive remedies.  
2. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN  
THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR  
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON  
CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
SUCH DAMAGES.  
D. Local law  
1. This Warranty Statement gives the customer specific legal rights. The customer may also have other rights which vary  
from state to state in the United States, from province to province in Canada, and from country to country elsewhere in  
the world.  
2. To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law, this Warranty Statement shall be deemed  
modified to be consistent with such local law. Under such local law, certain disclaimers and limitations of this Warranty  
Statement may not apply to the customer. For example, some states in the United States, as well as some governments  
outside the United States (including provinces in Canada), may:  
a. Preclude the disclaimers and limitations in this Warranty Statement from limiting the statutory rights of a consumer  
(e.g., the United Kingdom);  
b. Otherwise restrict the ability of a manufacturer to enforce such disclaimers or limitations; or  
c. Grant the customer additional warranty rights, specify the duration of implied warranties which the manufacturer  
cannot disclaim, or allow limitations on the duration of implied warranties.  
3. THE TERMS IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT  
EXCLUDE, RESTRICT, OR MODIFY, AND ARE IN ADDITION TO, THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS  
APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE HP PRODUCTS TO SUCH CUSTOMERS.  
HP Limited Warranty  
Dear Customer,  
You will find below the name and address of the HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your  
country.  
You may have additional statutory rights against the seller based on your purchase agreement. Those rights are not  
in any way affected by this HP Limited Warranty.  
Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Limited, 63-74 Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2  
United Kingdom: Hewlett-Packard Ltd, Cain Road, Bracknell, GB-Berks RG12 1HN  
Malta: Hewlett Packard International Trade BV, Branch 48, Sqaq Nru 2, Triq ix-Xatt, Pieta MSD08, Malta  
South Africa: Hewlett-Packard South Africa Ltd, 12 Autumn Street, Rivonia, Sandton, 2128, Republic of South Africa  
Warranty information  
155  
   
Appendix A  
Ink cartridge warranty information  
The HP cartridge warranty is applicable when the product is used in its designated HP printing  
device. This warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled, remanufactured,  
refurbished, misused, or tampered with.  
During the warranty period the product is covered as long as the HP ink is not depleted and the  
end of warranty date has not been reached. The end of warranty date, in YYYY-MM format, may  
be found on the product as indicated:  
156  
Technical information  
 
Printer specifications  
This section contains the following topics:  
Physical specifications  
Product features and capacities  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Processor and memory specifications  
System requirements  
Network protocol specifications  
Embedded Web server specifications  
Media specifications  
Print specifications  
Copy specifications  
Fax specifications  
Scan specifications  
HP Web site specifications  
Environmental specifications  
Electrical specifications  
Acoustic emission specifications  
Memory device specifications  
Physical specifications  
NOTE: To find your model number, see Finding the printer model number.  
Size (width x height x depth)  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910a-f): 502 x 283 x 472 mm (19.8 x 11.1 x 18.6 inches)  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910g-z): 502 x 306 x 472 mm (19.8 x 12.1 x 18.6 inches)  
With Tray 2: Adds 67 mm (2.6 inches) to the height of the printer.  
Printer weight (does not include printing supplies)  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910a-f) 11.5 kg (25.4 lb)  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910g-z): 12.3 kg (27.1 lb)  
With Tray 2: Adds 2.7 kg (6.0 lb)  
Product features and capacities  
Feature  
Capacity  
Connectivity  
•
•
USB 2.0-compliant high speed  
USB host connector is only supported up  
to full speed.  
•
•
Wireless 802.11b/g/n  
Wired network  
Print method  
Ink cartridges  
Drop-on-demand thermal inkjet printing  
Four ink cartridges (one each for black, cyan,  
magenta, and yellow)  
NOTE: Not all ink cartridges are supported  
in all countries/regions.  
157  
Printer specifications  
           
Appendix A  
(continued)  
Feature  
Capacity  
Two printheads (one black and yellow, and  
one magenta and cyan)  
Printheads  
Supply yields  
Visit www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies/ for  
more information on estimated ink cartridge  
yields.  
Printer languages  
Font support  
HP PCL 3  
US fonts: CG Times, CG Times Italic,  
Universe, Universe Italic, Courier, Courier  
Italic, Letter Gothic, Letter Gothic Italic.  
Duty cycle  
Up to 15,000 pages per month  
Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch,  
English, Finnish, French, German, Greek,  
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean,  
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,  
Russian, Simplified Chinese, Slovak,  
Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Traditional  
Chinese, Turkish.  
Printer control-panel language support  
Language availability varies by country/region.  
Processor and memory specifications  
Printer processor  
ARM R4  
Printer memory  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910a-f): 64 MB built-in RAM  
HP OfficeJet Pro 8500A (A910g-z): 128 MB built-in RAM  
System requirements  
NOTE: For the most current information about supported operating systems and system  
requirements, visit http://www.hp.com/support/.  
Operating system compatibility  
•
•
•
Windows XP Service Pack 2, Windows Vista, Windows 7  
Mac OS X v10.5, v10.6  
Linux (For more information, see http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html)  
Minimum system requirements  
•
•
•
Microsoft Windows 7: 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor; 1 GB (32-bit) or 2 GB (64-  
bit) RAM, 1.5 GB hard disk space, CD-ROM/DVD drive or Internet connection, USB port  
Microsoft Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor; 512 MB RAM, 2.0  
GB hard disk space, CD-ROM/DVD drive or Internet connection, USB port  
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 2: Intel® Pentium® II , Celeron® or compatible  
processor; 233 MHz or higher; 128 MB RAM, 750 MB hard disk space, CD-ROM/DVD drive  
or Internet connection, USB port  
•
Mac OS X v10.5.8, v10.6: PowerPC G4, G5, or Intel Core processor, 300 MB free hard disk  
space  
158  
Technical information  
                       
Network protocol specifications  
Network operating system compatibility  
•
•
•
Windows XP (32-bit) (Professional and Home Editions), Windows Vista 32-bit and 64-bit  
(Ultimate Edition, Enterprise Edition and Business Edition), Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit)  
Windows Small Business Server 2003 32-bit and 64-bit, Windows 2003 Server 32-bit and 64-  
bit, Windows 2003 Server R2 32-bit and 64-bit (Standard Edition, Enterprise Edition)  
Windows Small Business Server 2008 64-bit, Windows 2008 Server 32-bit and 64-bit,  
Windows 2008 Server R2 64-bit (Standard Edition, Enterprise Edition)  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Citrix XenDesktop 4  
Citrix XenServer 5.5  
Mac OS X v.10.5, v10.6  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.5  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix XenApp 5.0  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature  
Release 3  
•
•
•
•
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Small Business Server Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows Small Business Server 2008 Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows 2008 Server Terminal Services with Citrix XenApp 5.0  
Novell Netware 6.5, Open Enterprise Server 2  
Compatible network protocols  
TCP/IP  
Network management  
Embedded Web server (Ability to remotely configure and manage network printers)  
Embedded Web server specifications  
Requirements  
•
A TCP/IP-based network (IPX/SPX-based networks are not supported)  
•
A Web browser (either Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0 or higher, Opera 8.0 or higher, Mozilla  
Firefox 2.0 or higher, Safari 3.0 or higher, or Google Chrome 3.0 or higher)  
•
•
A network connection (you cannot use the embedded Web server connected directly to  
a computer with a USB cable)  
An Internet connection (required for some features)  
NOTE: You can open the embedded Web server without being connected to the  
Internet. However, some features are not available.  
NOTE: The embedded Web server must be on the same side of a firewall as the printer.  
Media specifications  
Use these tables to determine the correct media to use with your printer, and determine what  
features work with your media.  
•
•
•
Understand specifications for supported media  
Set minimum margins  
Guidelines for printing on both sides of a page  
159  
Printer specifications  
               
Appendix A  
Understand specifications for supported media  
Use the tables to determine the correct media to use with your printer, and to determine what  
features work with your media.  
•
•
Understand supported sizes  
Understand supported media types and weights  
Understand supported sizes  
NOTE: Tray 2 is available with some models.  
Media size  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
ADF  
Duplexer  
Standard media sizes  
U.S. Letter (216 x 279 mm; 8.5  
x 11 inches)  
8.5 x 13 inches (216 x 330 mm)*  
U.S. Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5  
x 14 inches)  
A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7  
inches)*  
U.S. Executive (184 x 267 mm;  
7.25 x 10.5 inches)  
U.S. Statement (140 x 216 mm;  
5.5 x 8.5 inches)  
B5 (JIS) (182 x 257 mm; 7.17  
x 10.12 inches)*  
A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3  
inches)*  
6 x 8 inches  
Envelopes  
U.S. #10 Envelope (105 x 241  
mm; 4.12 x 9.5 inches)  
Monarch Envelope (98 x 191 mm;  
3.88 x 7.5 inches)  
Card Envelope (111 x 152 mm;  
4.4 x 6 inches)  
A2 Envelope (111 x 146 mm;  
4.37 x 5.75 inches)  
DL Envelope (110 x 220 mm; 4.3  
x 8.7 inches)  
C5 Envelope (162 x 229 mm; 6.4  
x 9 inches)  
160  
Technical information  
         
(continued)  
Media size  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
ADF  
Duplexer  
C6 Envelope (114 x 162 mm; 4.5  
x 6.4 inches)  
Japanese Envelope Chou #3  
(120 x 235 mm; 4.7 x 9.3 inches)  
Japanese Envelope Chou #4 (90  
x 205 mm; 3.5 x 8.1 inches)  
Cards  
Index card (76.2 x 127 mm; 3 x 5  
inches)  
Index card (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6  
inches)  
Index card (127 x 203 mm; 5 x 8  
inches)  
A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm; 4.13  
x 5.83 inches)*  
A4 index card (210 x 297 mm; 8.3  
x 11.7 inches)  
Hagaki** (100 x 148 mm; 3.9  
x 5.8 inches)*  
Ofuku Hagaki** (200 x 148 mm;  
7.8 x 5.8 inches)  
Photo media  
Photo media (76.2 x 127 mm; 3  
x 5 inches)  
Photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4  
x 6 inches)*  
Photo media (5 x 7 inches)*  
Photo media (8 x 10 inches)*  
Photo media (8.5 x 11 inches)*  
Photo L (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5  
inches)*  
Photo 2L (127 x 178 mm)*  
13 x 18 cm*  
Other media  
Custom-sized media between  
76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to  
161  
Printer specifications  
     
Appendix A  
(continued)  
Media size  
Tray 1  
Tray 2  
ADF  
Duplexer  
356 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches  
wide and 5 to 14 inches long)  
Custom-sized media (ADF)  
between 127 to 216 mm wide and  
241 to 305 mm long (5 to 8.5  
inches wide and 9.5 to 12 inches  
long)  
* These sizes can be used for borderless printing.  
** The printer is compatible with plain and inkjet hagaki from Japan Post only. It is not compatible  
with photo hagaki from Japan Post.  
Understand supported media types and weights  
NOTE: Tray 2 is available with some models.  
Tray  
Type  
Weight  
Capacity  
60 to 105 g/m2  
Tray 1  
Paper  
Up to 250 sheets of  
plain paper  
(16 to 28 lb bond)  
(25 mm or 1 inch  
stacked)  
Transparencies  
Photo media  
Labels  
Up to 70 sheets  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
250 g/m2  
Up to 100 sheets  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
(66 lb bond)  
Up to 100 sheets  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
75 to 90 g/m2  
Envelopes  
Up to 30 sheets  
(20 to 24 lb bond  
envelope)  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
Up to 200 g/m2  
(110 lb index)  
Cards  
Up to 80 cards  
60 to 105 g/m2  
Tray 2  
Plain paper only  
Up to 250 sheets of  
plain paper  
(16 to 28 lb bond)  
(25 mm or 1.0 inch  
stacked)  
60 to 105 g/m2  
Duplexer  
Paper  
Not applicable  
(16 to 28 lb bond)  
Output-bin  
All supported media  
Up to 150 sheets of  
plain paper (text  
printing)  
162  
Technical information  
     
(continued)  
Tray  
Type  
Weight  
Capacity  
60 to 75 g/m2  
Automatic  
Document  
Feeder  
Paper  
50 sheets  
(16 to 20 lb bond)  
Set minimum margins  
The document margins must match (or exceed) these margin settings in portrait orientation.  
3
3
4
4
1
2
1
2
Media  
(1) Left  
margin  
(2) Right  
margin  
(3) Top  
margin  
(4) Bottom  
margin  
U.S. Letter  
U.S. Legal  
A4  
3.3 mm (0.13 3.3 mm (0.13 3.3 mm (0.13 3.3 mm (0.13  
inch)  
inch)  
inch)  
inch  
(Windows)  
0.47 inch  
(Macintosh  
and Linux))  
U.S. Executive  
U.S. Statement  
8.5 x 13 inch  
B5  
A5  
Cards  
Custom-sized media  
Photo media  
Envelopes  
3.3 mm (0.13 3.3 mm (0.13 16.5 mm  
inch) inch) (0.65 inch)  
16.5 mm  
(0.65 inch)  
NOTE: If you are using the duplexer, the minimum top and bottom margins must be at least  
12 mm (0.47 inch).  
Guidelines for printing on both sides of a page  
•
Always use media that conforms to the printer specifications. For more information, see  
Media specifications.  
•
•
Specify two-sided printing options in your application or in the printer driver.  
Do not print on both sides of transparencies, envelopes, photo paper, glossy media, or paper  
lighter than 16 lb bond (60 g/m2) or heavier than 28 lb bond (105 g/m2). Jams might occur  
with these media types.  
163  
Printer specifications  
     
Appendix A  
•
•
•
Several kinds of media require a specific orientation when you print on both sides of a page.  
These include letterhead, preprinted paper, and paper with watermarks and prepunched  
holes. When you print from a computer running Windows, the printer prints the first side of  
the media first. Load the media with the print side facing down.  
For auto-duplexing, when printing finishes on one side of the media, the printer holds the  
media and pauses while the ink dries. Once the ink dries, the media is pulled back into the  
printer and the second side is printed. When printing is complete, the media is dropped onto  
the output tray. Do not grab it before printing is complete.  
You can print on both sides of supported custom-sized media by turning the media over and  
feeding it into the printer again. For more information, see Media specifications.  
Print specifications  
Black print resolution  
Up to 1200 dpi with pigmented black ink  
Color print resolution  
HP enhanced photo quality with Vivera inks (up to 4800 by 1200 dpi Optimized on HP Premium  
Plus photo papers with 1200 x 1200 input dpi)  
Copy specifications  
•
•
•
•
Digital image processing  
Up to 99 copies from original (varies by model)  
Digital zoom: from 25 to 400% (varies by model)  
Fit to page, copy preview  
Fax specifications  
•
•
•
Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability.  
Up to 110 speed dials (varies by model).  
Up to 120-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard  
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution takes longer and uses more memory.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Manual fax send and receive.  
Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model).  
Automatic no-answer redial one time (varies by model).  
Confirmation and activity reports.  
CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode.  
33.6 Kbps transmission.  
3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard  
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution takes longer and uses more memory.  
•
Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching.  
Photo (dpi)  
Very Fine (dpi)  
Fine (dpi)  
Standard (dpi)  
Black  
Color  
196 x 203 (8-bit  
grayscale)  
300 x 300  
196 x 203  
196 x 98  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
Fax to PC Specifications  
•
Supported file type: Uncompressed TIFF  
•
Supported fax types: black-and-white faxes  
164  
Technical information  
         
Scan specifications  
•
•
•
•
•
Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text  
Twain-compliant interface  
Resolution: 4800 x 4800 ppi optical  
Color: 24-bit color, 8-bit grayscale (256 levels of gray)  
Maximum scan size from glass:  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f): 216 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 inches)  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910g-z): 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)  
NOTE: To find your model number, see Finding the printer model number.  
•
Maximum scan size from ADF: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)  
HP Web site specifications  
The following Web-enabled features are available for this printer:  
•
•
•
HP Apps  
Marketsplash by HP  
HP ePrint  
Requirements  
•
A Web browser (either Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher, Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or higher,  
Safari 3.2.3 or higher, or Google Chrome 3.0) with the Adobe Flash plug-in (version 10 or  
higher).  
•
An Internet connection  
Environmental specifications  
Operating environment  
Operating temperature: 5° to 40° C (41° to 104° F)  
Recommended operating conditions: 15° to 32° C (59° to 90° F)  
Recommended relative humidity: 25 to 75% noncondensing  
Storage environment  
Storage temperature: -40° to 60° C (-40° to 140° F)  
Storage relative humidity: Up to 90% noncondensing at a temperature of 60° C (140° F)  
Electrical specifications  
Power supply  
Universal power adapter (external)  
Power requirements  
Input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC ( 10%), 50/60 Hz ( 3Hz)  
Output voltage: 32 Vdc at 2000 mA  
Power consumption  
30 watts printing (Fast Draft Mode); 32 watts copying (Fast Draft Mode)  
165  
Printer specifications  
                 
Appendix A  
Acoustic emission specifications  
Print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910a-f)  
•
Sound pressure (bystander position)  
LpAm 57 (dBA) (mono Draft print)  
Sound power  
•
LwAd 7.1 (BA)  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910g-z)  
•
Sound pressure (bystander position)  
LpAm 56 (dBA) (mono Draft print)  
Sound power  
•
LwAd 7.0 (BA)  
Memory device specifications  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Memory card specifications  
USB flash drives  
Memory card specifications  
Specifications  
•
•
•
Maximum recommended number of files on a memory card: 1,000  
Maximum recommended individual file size: 12 megapixel maximum, 8 MB maximum  
Maximum recommended memory card size: 1 GB (solid state only)  
NOTE: Approaching any of the recommended maximums on a memory card might  
cause the performance of the printer to be slower than expected.  
Supported memory card types  
•
•
•
•
•
Secure Digital  
High Capacity Secure Digital  
Memory Stick  
MultiMediaCard (MMC)  
xD-Picture Card  
USB flash drives  
USB flash drives  
HP has fully tested the following USB flash drives with the printer:  
•
•
•
•
SanDisk Cruzer Micro: High-speed, 0120-256, 256 MB  
Iomega Micro Mini: Full-speed, 064-0417450-YCAE032171, 128 MB  
Kingston DataTraveler II: High-speed, KF112504 f5274-006, 128 MB and 256 MB  
Lexar Media JumpDrive: 256 MB  
NOTE: You might be able to use other USB flash drives with the printer. However, HP  
cannot guarantee that they correct functionality with the printer because they have not been  
fully tested.  
166  
Technical information  
             
Regulatory information  
The printer meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FCC statement  
Notice to users in Korea  
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan  
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord  
Noise emission statement for Germany  
LED indicator statement  
Gloss of housing of peripheral devices for Germany  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
Notice to users of the German telephone network  
Australia wired fax statement  
Regulatory information for wireless products  
Regulatory model number  
Declaration of conformity  
167  
Regulatory information  
   
Appendix A  
FCC statement  
FCC statement  
The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified  
that the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital  
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reason-  
able protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment  
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in  
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.  
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.  
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can  
be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct  
the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
•
•
•
Reorient the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the  
receiver is connected.  
•
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
For further information, contact:  
Manager of Corporate Product Regulations  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
3000 Hanover Street  
Palo Alto, Ca 94304  
(650) 857-1501  
Modifications (part 15.21)  
The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this  
device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the  
equipment.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following  
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired  
operation.  
Notice to users in Korea  
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan  
䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈲䇮䉪䊤䉴Bᖱႎᛛⴚⵝ⟎䈪䈜䇯䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈲䇮ኅᐸⅣႺ䈪૶↪䈜䉎䈖䈫䉕⋡⊛䈫䈚䈩  
䈇䉁䈜䈏䇮䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈏䊤䉳䉥䉇䊁䊧䊎䉳䊢䊮ฃାᯏ䈮ㄭធ䈚䈩૶↪䈘䉏䉎䈫䇮ฃା㓚ኂ䉕ᒁ䈐  
⿠䈖䈜䈖䈫䈏䈅䉍䉁䈜䇯ขᛒ⺑᣿ᦠ䈮ᓥ䈦䈩ᱜ䈚䈇ข䉍ᛒ䈇䉕䈚䈩ਅ䈘䈇䇯  
VCCI-B  
168  
Technical information  
     
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord  
Noise emission statement for Germany  
Geräuschemission  
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19  
LED indicator statement  
LED indicator statement  
The display LEDs meet the requirements of EN 60825-1.  
Gloss of housing of peripheral devices for Germany  
169  
Regulatory information  
       
Appendix A  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that  
contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent  
Number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone  
company.  
An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This  
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using  
a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the  
telephone network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC  
RJ-11C.  
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone  
line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices  
on one line might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not  
all, areas the sum of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the  
number of devices you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call  
your local telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.  
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might  
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance  
notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of  
your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes  
in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation  
of your equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the  
opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service. If you experience trouble with this equipment,  
please contact the manufacturer, or look elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair  
information. Your telephone company might ask you to disconnect this equipment from the  
network until the problem has been corrected or until you are sure that the equipment is not  
malfunctioning.  
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.  
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commis-  
sion, public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.  
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making  
test calls to emergency numbers:  
•
•
Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.  
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.  
Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable  
to this equipment.  
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a  
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless  
such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page  
or on the first page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the  
business, other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number  
of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number  
provided might not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local  
or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax  
machine, you should complete the steps described in the software.  
170  
Technical information  
 
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network  
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique  
canadien/Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network  
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux  
d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil.  
L’abréviation IC qui précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été  
effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications  
techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie  
en aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.  
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées  
à la terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique  
d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution  
est particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.  
Remarque Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque  
appareil terminal fournit une indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui  
peuvent être connectés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une  
interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison d’appareils, à  
condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.  
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.  
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical  
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the  
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of  
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not  
imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.  
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the  
power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are  
connected together. This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.  
Note The REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) assigned to each terminal device  
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be  
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist  
of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the  
Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.  
The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.  
171  
Regulatory information  
 
Appendix A  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication  
Networks (PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.  
Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use  
the equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product  
was purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product  
support is necessary.  
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive  
1999/5/EC (annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched  
telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs  
provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional  
assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point.  
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.  
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the  
unlikely event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this  
equipment only with the DTMF tone dial setting.  
Notice to users of the German telephone network  
Hinweis für Benutzer des deutschen Telefonnetzwerks  
Dieses HP-Fax ist nur für den Anschluss eines analogen Public Switched Telephone Network  
(PSTN) gedacht. Schließen Sie den TAE N-Telefonstecker, der im Lieferumfang des  
HP All-in-One enthalten ist, an die Wandsteckdose (TAE 6) Code N an. Dieses HP-Fax kann  
als einzelnes Gerät und/oder in Verbindung (mit seriellem Anschluss) mit anderen zugelass-  
enen Endgeräten verwendet werden.  
Australia wired fax statement  
In Australia, the HP device must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line  
cord which meets the requirements of the Technical Standard AS/ACIF S008.  
Regulatory information for wireless products  
This section contains the following regulatory information pertaining to wireless products:  
•
•
•
•
•
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Notice to users in Brazil  
Notice to users in Canada  
Notice to users in Taiwan  
European Union regulatory notice  
172  
Technical information  
         
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Caution  
The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio  
frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner  
that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This  
product and any attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such a  
manner to minimize the potential for human contact during normal operation. In  
order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits,  
human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20 cm (8 inches) during normal  
operation.  
Notice to users in Brazil  
Aviso aos usuários no Brasil  
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito à proteção contra  
interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência  
a sistemas operando em caráter primário. (Res.ANATEL 282/2001).  
Notice to users in Canada  
Notice to users in Canada/Note à l'attention des utilisateurs canadiens  
For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise  
emissions from the digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the  
Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS  
210 and RSS GEN of Industry Canada.  
Utiliser à l'intérieur. Le présent appareil numérique n'émet pas de bruit radioélectrique  
dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans  
le Règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des Communications  
du Canada. Le composant RF interne est conforme a la norme RSS-210 and RSS GEN  
d'Industrie Canada.  
173  
Regulatory information  
     
Appendix A  
Notice to users in Taiwan  
174  
Technical information  
 
European Union regulatory notice  
European Union Regulatory Notice  
Products bearing the CE marking comply with the following EU Directives:  
·
·
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC  
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC  
CE compliance of this product is valid only if powered with the correct CE-marked AC adapter  
provided by HP.  
If this product has telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the essential  
requirements of the following EU Directive:  
·
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC  
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to harmonized European standards  
(European Norms) that are listed in the EU Declaration of Conformity issued by HP for this  
product or product family. This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking  
placed on the product.  
The wireless telecommunications functionality of this product may be used in the following  
EU and EFTA countries:  
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,  
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania,  
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic,  
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.  
Products with 2.4-GHz wireless LAN devices  
France  
For 2.4 GHz Wireless LAN operation of this product certain restrictions apply: This product  
may be used indoor for the entire 2400-2483.5 MHz frequency band (channels 1-13). For  
outdoor use, only 2400-2454 MHz frequency band (channels 1-9) may be used. For the latest  
requirements, see http://www.art-telecom.fr.  
Italy  
License required for use. Verify with your dealer or directly with the General Direction for  
Frequency Planning and Management (Direzione Generale Pianificazione e Gestione  
Frequenze).  
Regulatory model number  
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. The  
Regulatory Model Number for your product is SNPRC-1000-01. This regulatory number should  
not be confused with the marketing name (HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910) e-All-in-One series) or  
product number.  
175  
Regulatory information  
     
Appendix A  
Declaration of conformity  
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY  
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1  
Supplier’s Name:  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
DoC#: SNPRC-1001-01-A  
138, Depot Road, #02-01,#04-01  
Singapore 109683  
Supplier’s Address:  
declares, that the product  
Product Name and Model:  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A e-All-in-One, HP Officejet Pro 8500A Plus e-All-in-One  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A Premium e-All-in-One  
Regulatory Model Number:1)  
Product Options:  
SNPRC-1001-01  
C9101A / Automatic 2-Sided Printing Device  
CM759A / 2nd Tray  
Power adaptor:  
0957-2262, 0957-2283  
SDGOB-0892  
Radio Module Number:  
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:  
Safety:  
EMC:  
IEC 60950-1, Ed 2 (2005) / EN 60950-1, Ed 2 (2006)  
EN 62311:2008  
CISPR 22:2005 +A1:2005 / EN55022:2006 +A1:2007 Class B  
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003  
EN 61000-3-2:2006  
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001 + A2:2005  
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B  
Telecom:  
EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1:2008 / EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2:2008  
EN 300 328 V1.7.1 : 2006  
TBR 21: 19983)  
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68  
TIA-968-A-1+A-2+A-3+A-4+A-5 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment  
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005  
Energy Use:  
Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008  
ENERGY STAR® Qualified Imaging Equipment Operational Mode (OM) Test Procedure  
Regulation (EC) No. 278/2009  
Test Method for Calculating the Energy Efficiency of Single-Voltage External AC-DC and AC-AC  
Power supplies  
Supplementary Information:  
1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The Regulatory Model  
Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number should not be confused with the  
marketing name or the product numbers.  
2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, EuP Directive  
2005/32/EC, the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and the European Council Recommendation 1999/519/EC on the limitation of  
Electromagnetic fields to the general public and carries the  
2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.  
marking accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive  
3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3, clause 4.7.1.  
4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device may not cause  
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired  
operation.  
5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.  
6. The power adapter 0957-2283 is for India and China market only.  
Yik Hou Meng  
Product Regulations Manager  
Customer Assurance, Business Printing Division  
Singapore  
January 2010  
Local contact for regulatory topics only:  
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates  
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501  
176  
Technical information  
   
Environmental product stewardship program  
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.  
Design for recycling has been incorporated into this product. The number of materials has been  
kept to a minimum while ensuring proper functionality and reliability. Dissimilar materials have  
been designed to separate easily. Fasteners and other connections are easy to locate, access,  
and remove using common tools. High priority parts have been designed to access quickly for  
efficient disassembly and repair.  
For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment Web site at:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Paper use  
Plastics  
Material safety data sheets  
Recycling program  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union  
Power consumption  
Chemical Substances  
RoHS notices (China only)  
Paper use  
This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309 and EN 12281:2002.  
Plastics  
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the  
ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of product life.  
Material safety data sheets  
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP Web site at:  
www.hp.com/go/msds  
Recycling program  
HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries/  
regions, and partners with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world.  
HP conserves resources by reselling some of its most popular products. For more information  
regarding recycling of HP products, please visit:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program  
HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is  
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used print cartridges and ink cartridges  
free of charge. For more information, go to the following Web site:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/  
177  
Environmental product stewardship program  
               
Appendix A  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union  
Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union  
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste  
equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment  
at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where  
you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.  
Évacuation des équipements usagés par les utilisateurs dans les foyers privés au sein de l'Union européenne  
La présence de ce symbole sur le produit ou sur son emballage indique que vous ne pouvez pas vous débarrasser de ce produit de la même façon que vos déchets courants.  
Au contraire, vous êtes responsable de l'évacuation de vos équipements usagés et, à cet effet, vous êtes tenu de les remettre à un point de collecte agréé pour le recyclage des  
équipements électriques et électroniques usagés. Le tri, l'évacuation et le recyclage séparés de vos équipements usagés permettent de préserver les ressources naturelles et de s'assurer  
que ces équipements sont recyclés dans le respect de la santé humaine et de l'environnement. Pour plus d'informations sur les lieux de collecte des équipements usagés, veuillez contacter  
votre mairie, votre service de traitement des déchets ménagers ou le magasin où vous avez acheté le produit.  
Entsorgung von Elektrogeräten durch Benutzer in privaten Haushalten in der EU  
Dieses Symbol auf dem Produkt oder dessen Verpackung gibt an, dass das Produkt nicht zusammen mit dem Restmüll entsorgt werden darf. Es obliegt daher Ihrer Verantwortung, das  
Gerät an einer entsprechenden Stelle für die Entsorgung oder Wiederverwertung von Elektrogeräten aller Art abzugeben (z.B. ein Wertstoffhof). Die separate Sammlung und das  
Recyceln Ihrer alten Elektrogeräte zum Zeitpunkt ihrer Entsorgung trägt zum Schutz der Umwelt bei und gewährleistet, dass sie auf eine Art und Weise recycelt werden, die keine  
Gefährdung für die Gesundheit des Menschen und der Umwelt darstellt. Weitere Informationen darüber, wo Sie alte Elektrogeräte zum Recyceln abgeben können, erhalten Sie bei  
den örtlichen Behörden, Wertstoffhöfen oder dort, wo Sie das Gerät erworben haben.  
Smaltimento di apparecchiature da rottamare da parte di privati nell'Unione Europea  
Questo simbolo che appare sul prodotto o sulla confezione indica che il prodotto non deve essere smaltito assieme agli altri rifiuti domestici. Gli utenti devono provvedere allo  
smaltimento delle apparecchiature da rottamare portandole al luogo di raccolta indicato per il riciclaggio delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La raccolta e il riciclaggio  
separati delle apparecchiature da rottamare in fase di smaltimento favoriscono la conservazione delle risorse naturali e garantiscono che tali apparecchiature vengano rottamate  
nel rispetto dell'ambiente e della tutela della salute. Per ulteriori informazioni sui punti di raccolta delle apparecchiature da rottamare, contattare il proprio comune di residenza,  
il servizio di smaltimento dei rifiuti locale o il negozio presso il quale è stato acquistato il prodotto.  
Eliminación de residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos por parte de usuarios domésticos en la Unión Europea  
Este símbolo en el producto o en el embalaje indica que no se puede desechar el producto junto con los residuos domésticos. Por el contrario, si debe eliminar este tipo de residuo, es  
responsabilidad del usuario entregarlo en un punto de recogida designado de reciclado de aparatos electrónicos y eléctricos. El reciclaje y la recogida por separado de estos residuos  
en el momento de la eliminación ayudará a preservar recursos naturales y a garantizar que el reciclaje proteja la salud y el medio ambiente. Si desea información adicional sobre los  
lugares donde puede dejar estos residuos para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las autoridades locales de su ciudad, con el servicio de gestión de residuos domésticos o con la  
tienda donde adquirió el producto.  
Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení uživateli v domácnosti v zemích EU  
Tato značka na produktu nebo na jeho obalu označuje, že tento produkt nesmí být likvidován prostým vyhozením do běžného domovního odpadu. Odpovídáte za to, že vysloužilé  
zařízení bude předáno k likvidaci do stanovených sběrných míst určených k recyklaci vysloužilých elektrických a elektronických zařízení. Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení samostatným  
sběrem a recyklací napomáhá zachování přírodních zdrojů a zajišťuje, že recyklace proběhne způsobem chránícím lidské zdraví a životní prostředí. Další informace o tom, kam můžete  
vysloužilé zařízení předat k recyklaci, můžete získat od úřadů místní samosprávy, od společnosti provádějící svoz a likvidaci domovního odpadu nebo v obchodě, kde jste produkt  
zakoupili.  
Bortskaffelse af affaldsudstyr for brugere i private husholdninger i EU  
Dette symbol på produktet eller på dets emballage indikerer, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med andet husholdningsaffald. I stedet er det dit ansvar at bortskaffe affaldsudstyr  
ved at aflevere det på dertil beregnede indsamlingssteder med henblik på genbrug af elektrisk og elektronisk affaldsudstyr. Den separate indsamling og genbrug af dit affaldsudstyr på  
tidspunktet for bortskaffelse er med til at bevare naturlige ressourcer og sikre, at genbrug finder sted på en måde, der beskytter menneskers helbred samt miljøet. Hvis du vil vide mere  
om, hvor du kan aflevere dit affaldsudstyr til genbrug, kan du kontakte kommunen, det lokale renovationsvæsen eller den forretning, hvor du købte produktet.  
Afvoer van afgedankte apparatuur door gebruikers in particuliere huishoudens in de Europese Unie  
Dit symbool op het product of de verpakking geeft aan dat dit product niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Het is uw verantwoordelijkheid uw afgedankte apparatuur  
af te leveren op een aangewezen inzamelpunt voor de verwerking van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur. De gescheiden inzameling en verwerking van uw afgedankte  
apparatuur draagt bij tot het sparen van natuurlijke bronnen en tot het hergebruik van materiaal op een wijze die de volksgezondheid en het milieu beschermt. Voor meer informatie over  
waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst of de winkel waar u het product  
hebt aangeschaft.  
Eramajapidamistes kasutuselt kõrvaldatavate seadmete käitlemine Euroopa Liidus  
Kui tootel või toote pakendil on see sümbol, ei tohi seda toodet visata olmejäätmete hulka. Teie kohus on viia tarbetuks muutunud seade selleks ettenähtud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete  
utiliseerimiskohta. Utiliseeritavate seadmete eraldi kogumine ja käitlemine aitab säästa loodusvarasid ning tagada, et käitlemine toimub inimeste tervisele ja keskkonnale ohutult.  
Lisateavet selle kohta, kuhu saate utiliseeritava seadme käitlemiseks viia, saate küsida kohalikust omavalitsusest, olmejäätmete utiliseerimispunktist või kauplusest, kust te seadme  
ostsite.  
Hävitettävien laitteiden käsittely kotitalouksissa Euroopan unionin alueella  
Tämä tuotteessa tai sen pakkauksessa oleva merkintä osoittaa, että tuotetta ei saa hävittää talousjätteiden mukana. Käyttäjän velvollisuus on huolehtia siitä, että hävitettävä laite  
toimitetaan sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Hävitettävien laitteiden erillinen keräys ja kierrätys säästää luonnonvaroja. Näin toimimalla varmistetaan myös,  
että kierrätys tapahtuu tavalla, joka suojelee ihmisten terveyttä ja ympäristöä. Saat tarvittaessa lisätietoja jätteiden kierrätyspaikoista paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jäteyhtiöiltä tai tuotteen  
jälleenmyyjältä.  
Απόρριψη άχρηστων συσκευών στην Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση  
Το παρόν σύμβολο στον εξοπλισμό ή στη συσκευασία του υποδεικνύει ότι το προϊόν αυτό δεν πρέπει να πεταχτεί μαζί με άλλα οικιακά απορρίμματα. Αντίθετα, ευθύνη σας είναι να  
απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές σε μια καθορισμένη μονάδα συλλογής απορριμμάτων για την ανακύκλωση άχρηστου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού. Η χωριστή συλλογή και  
ανακύκλωση των άχρηστων συσκευών θα συμβάλει στη διατήρηση των φυσικών πόρων και στη διασφάλιση ότι θα ανακυκλωθούν με τέτοιον τρόπο, ώστε να προστατεύεται η υγεία των  
ανθρώπων και το περιβάλλον. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πού μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με τις κατά τόπους αρμόδιες  
αρχές ή με το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το προϊόν.  
A hulladékanyagok kezelése a magánháztartásokban az Európai Unióban  
Ez a szimbólum, amely a terméken vagy annak csomagolásán van feltüntetve, azt jelzi, hogy a termék nem kezelhető együtt az egyéb háztartási hulladékkal. Az Ön feladata,  
hogy a készülék hulladékanyagait eljuttassa olyan kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre, amely az elektromos hulladékanyagok és az elektronikus berendezések újrahasznosításával foglalkozik.  
A hulladékanyagok elkülönített gyűjtése és újrahasznosítása hozzájárul a természeti erőforrások megőrzéséhez, egyúttal azt is biztosítja, hogy a hulladék újrahasznosítása az  
egészségre és a környezetre nem ártalmas módon történik. Ha tájékoztatást szeretne kapni azokról a helyekről, ahol leadhatja újrahasznosításra a hulladékanyagokat, forduljon  
a helyi önkormányzathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtésével foglalkozó vállalathoz vagy a termék forgalmazójához.  
Lietotāju atbrīvošanās no nederīgām ierīcēm Eiropas Savienības privātajās mājsaimniecībās  
Šis simbols uz ierīces vai tās iepakojuma norāda, ka šo ierīci nedrīkst izmest kopā ar pārējiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūs esat atbildīgs par atbrīvošanos no nederīgās ierīces,  
to nododot norādītajā savākšanas vietā, lai tiktu veikta nederīgā elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma otrreizējā pārstrāde. Speciāla nederīgās ierīces savākšana un otrreizējā pārstrāde  
palīdz taupīt dabas resursus un nodrošina tādu otrreizējo pārstrādi, kas sargā cilvēku veselību un apkārtējo vidi. Lai iegūtu papildu informāciju par to, kur otrreizējai pārstrādei var  
nogādāt nederīgo ierīci, lūdzu, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, mājsaimniecības atkritumu savākšanas dienestu vai veikalu, kurā iegādājāties šo ierīci.  
Europos Sąjungos vartotojų ir privačių namų ūkių atliekamos įrangos išmetimas  
Šis simbolis ant produkto arba jo pakuotės nurodo, kad produktas negali būti išmestas kartu su kitomis namų ūkio atliekomis. Jūs privalote išmesti savo atliekamą įrangą atiduodami ją  
į atliekamos elektronikos ir elektros įrangos perdirbimo punktus. Jei atliekama įranga bus atskirai surenkama ir perdirbama, bus išsaugomi natūralūs ištekliai ir užtikrinama, kad įranga  
yra perdirbta žmogaus sveikatą ir gamtą tausojančiu būdu. Dėl informacijos apie tai, kur galite išmesti atliekamą perdirbti skirtą įrangą kreipkitės į atitinkamą vietos tarnybą, namų ūkio  
atliekų išvežimo tarnybą arba į parduotuvę, kurioje pirkote produktą.  
Utylizacja zużytego sprzętu przez użytkowników domowych w Unii Europejskiej  
Symbol ten umieszczony na produkcie lub opakowaniu oznacza, że tego produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z innymi odpadami domowymi. Użytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za  
dostarczenie zużytego sprzętu do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych. Gromadzenie osobno i recykling tego typu odpadów  
przyczynia się do ochrony zasobów naturalnych i jest bezpieczny dla zdrowia i środowiska naturalnego. Dalsze informacje na temat sposobu utylizacji zużytych urządzeń można  
uzyskać u odpowiednich władz lokalnych, w przedsiębiorstwie zajmującym się usuwaniem odpadów lub w miejscu zakupu produktu.  
Descarte de equipamentos por usuários em residências da União Européia  
Este símbolo no produto ou na embalagem indica que o produto não pode ser descartado junto com o lixo doméstico. No entanto, é sua responsabilidade levar os equipamentos  
a serem descartados a um ponto de coleta designado para a reciclagem de equipamentos eletro-eletrônicos. A coleta separada e a reciclagem dos equipamentos no momento do  
descarte ajudam na conservação dos recursos naturais e garantem que os equipamentos serão reciclados de forma a proteger a saúde das pessoas e o meio ambiente. Para obter mais  
informações sobre onde descartar equipamentos para reciclagem, entre em contato com o escritório local de sua cidade, o serviço de limpeza pública de seu bairro ou a loja em que  
adquiriu o produto.  
Postup používateľov v krajinách Európskej únie pri vyhadzovaní zariadenia v domácom používaní do odpadu  
Tento symbol na produkte alebo na jeho obale znamená, že nesmie by vyhodený s iným komunálnym odpadom. Namiesto toho máte povinnos odovzda toto zariadenie na zbernom  
mieste, kde sa zabezpečuje recyklácia elektrických a elektronických zariadení. Separovaný zber a recyklácia zariadenia určeného na odpad pomôže chráni prírodné zdroje a  
zabezpečí taký spôsob recyklácie, ktorý bude chráni ľudské zdravie a životné prostredie. Ďalšie informácie o separovanom zbere a recyklácii získate na miestnom obecnom úrade,  
vo firme zabezpečujúcej zber vášho komunálneho odpadu alebo v predajni, kde ste produkt kúpili.  
Ravnanje z odpadno opremo v gospodinjstvih znotraj Evropske unije  
Ta znak na izdelku ali embalaži izdelka pomeni, da izdelka ne smete odlagati skupaj z drugimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Odpadno opremo ste dolžni oddati na določenem zbirnem  
mestu za recikliranje odpadne električne in elektronske opreme. Z ločenim zbiranjem in recikliranjem odpadne opreme ob odlaganju boste pomagali ohraniti naravne vire in zagotovili,  
da bo odpadna oprema reciklirana tako, da se varuje zdravje ljudi in okolje. Več informacij o mestih, kjer lahko oddate odpadno opremo za recikliranje, lahko dobite na občini,  
v komunalnem podjetju ali trgovini, kjer ste izdelek kupili.  
Kassering av förbrukningsmaterial, för hem- och privatanvändare i EU  
Produkter eller produktförpackningar med den här symbolen får inte kasseras med vanligt hushållsavfall. I stället har du ansvar för att produkten lämnas till en behörig återvinningsstation  
för hantering av el- och elektronikprodukter. Genom att lämna kasserade produkter till återvinning hjälper du till att bevara våra gemensamma naturresurser. Dessutom skyddas både  
människor och miljön när produkter återvinns på rätt sätt. Kommunala myndigheter, sophanteringsföretag eller butiken där varan köptes kan ge mer information om var du lämnar  
kasserade produkter för återvinning.  
178  
Technical information  
 
Power consumption  
Hewlett-Packard printing and imaging equipment marked with the ENERGY STAR® logo is  
qualified to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR specifications for  
imaging equipment. The following mark appears on ENERGY STAR qualified imaging products:  
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR  
partner, HP has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy  
efficiency.  
Additional ENERGY STAR qualified imaging product model information is listed at:  
www.hp.com/go/energystar  
Chemical Substances  
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in  
our products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No  
1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this  
product can be found at: www.hp.com/go/reach  
RoHS notices (China only)  
Toxic and hazardous substance table  
179  
Environmental product stewardship program  
     
Appendix A  
Third-party licenses  
HP Officejet Pro 8500A (A910) series third-party licenses  
LICENSE.aes-pubdom--crypto  
---------------------  
/* rijndael-alg-fst.c  
*
* @version 3.0 (December 2000)  
*
* Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)  
*
* @author Vincent Rijmen <[email protected]>  
* @author Antoon Bosselaers <[email protected]>  
* @author Paulo Barreto <[email protected]>  
*
* This code is hereby placed in the public domain.  
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS  
* OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED  
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE  
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE  
* LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR  
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF  
* SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR  
* BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
* WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE  
* OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,  
* EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
*/  
LICENSE.expat-mit--expat  
---------------------  
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd  
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining  
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the  
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including  
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,  
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to  
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to  
the following conditions:  
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.  
180  
Technical information  
 
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,  
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF  
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY  
CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,  
TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE  
SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
LICENSE.md4-pubdom--jm_share_folder  
---------------------  
LibTomCrypt is public domain. As should all quality software be.  
All of the software was either written by or donated to Tom St Denis for the purposes  
of this project. The only exception is the SAFER.C source which has no known  
license status (assumed copyrighted) which is why SAFER,C is shipped as disabled.  
Tom St Denis  
LICENSE.md5-pubdom--jm_share_folder  
---------------------  
LibTomCrypt is public domain. As should all quality software be.  
All of the software was either written by or donated to Tom St Denis for the purposes  
of this project. The only exception is the SAFER.C source which has no known  
license status (assumed copyrighted) which is why SAFER,C is shipped as disabled.  
Tom St Denis  
LICENSE.open_ssl--open_ssl  
---------------------  
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])  
All rights reserved.  
This package is an SSL implementation written  
by Eric Young ([email protected]).  
The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.  
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as  
the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions  
apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,  
lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation  
included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms  
except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).  
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in  
Third-party licenses  
181  
Appendix A  
the code are not to be removed.  
If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution  
as the author of the parts of the library used.  
This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or  
in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without  
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions  
are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright  
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright  
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the  
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software  
must display the following acknowledgement:  
"This product includes cryptographic software written by  
Eric Young ([email protected])"  
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library  
being used are not cryptographic related :-).  
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from  
the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:  
"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND  
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE  
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE  
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE  
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL  
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)  
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT  
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY  
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
SUCH DAMAGE.  
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or  
derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be  
copied and put under another distribution licence  
[including the GNU Public Licence.]  
====================================================================  
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without  
182  
Technical information  
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions  
are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright  
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright  
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in  
the documentation and/or other materials provided with the  
distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this  
software must display the following acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project  
for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to  
endorse or promote products derived from this software without  
prior written permission. For written permission, please contact  
[email protected].  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"  
nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written  
permission of the OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following  
acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project  
for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY  
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE  
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR  
ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)  
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED  
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
====================================================================  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim  
Third-party licenses  
183  
Appendix A  
Hudson ([email protected]).  
====================================================================  
Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without  
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions  
are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright  
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright  
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in  
the documentation and/or other materials provided with the  
distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this  
software must display the following acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project  
for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to  
endorse or promote products derived from this software without  
prior written permission. For written permission, please contact  
[email protected].  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"  
nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written  
permission of the OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following  
acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project  
for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY  
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE  
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR  
ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)  
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
184  
Technical information  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED  
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
====================================================================  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim  
Hudson ([email protected]).  
====================================================================  
Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.  
ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by  
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.  
LICENSE.sha2-bsd--nos_crypto  
---------------------  
/* FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation  
* Last update: 02/02/2007  
* Issue date: 04/30/2005  
*
* Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <[email protected]>  
* All rights reserved.  
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without  
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions  
* are met:  
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright  
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright  
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the  
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
* 3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors  
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software  
* without specific prior written permission.  
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND  
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE  
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE  
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE  
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL  
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)  
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT  
Third-party licenses  
185  
Appendix A  
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY  
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
* SUCH DAMAGE.  
*/  
LICENSE.unicode--jm_share_folder  
---------------------  
/*  
* Copyright 2001-2004 Unicode, Inc.  
*
* Disclaimer  
*
* This source code is provided as is by Unicode, Inc. No claims are  
* made as to fitness for any particular purpose. No warranties of any  
* kind are expressed or implied. The recipient agrees to determine  
* applicability of information provided. If this file has been  
* purchased on magnetic or optical media from Unicode, Inc., the  
* sole remedy for any claim will be exchange of defective media  
* within 90 days of receipt.  
*
* Limitations on Rights to Redistribute This Code  
*
* Unicode, Inc. hereby grants the right to freely use the information  
* supplied in this file in the creation of products supporting the  
* Unicode Standard, and to make copies of this file in any form  
* for internal or external distribution as long as this notice  
* remains attached.  
*/  
LICENSE.zlib--zlib  
---------------------  
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library  
version 1.2.3, July 18th, 2005  
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler  
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied  
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages  
arising from the use of this software.  
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,  
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it  
freely, subject to the following restrictions:  
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not  
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software  
186  
Technical information  
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be  
appreciated but is not required.  
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be  
misrepresented as being the original software.  
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.  
Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adler  
[email protected] [email protected]  
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for  
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt  
(zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).  
Third-party licenses  
187  
B
HP supplies and accessories  
This section provides information on HP supplies and accessories for the printer. The information  
is subject to changes, visit the HP Web site (www.hpshopping.com) for the latest updates. You  
may also make purchases through the Web site.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Order printing supplies online  
Supplies  
Order printing supplies online  
To order supplies online or create a printable shopping list, open the HP software that came with  
your printer and click Shopping. Select Shop for Supplies Online. The HP software uploads,  
with your permission, printer information, including model number, serial number, and estimated  
ink levels. The HP supplies that work in your printer are pre-selected. You can change quantities,  
add or remove items, and then print the list or purchase online at the HP Store or other online  
retailers (options differ by country/region). Cartridge information and links to online shopping also  
appear on ink alert messages.  
You can also order online by visiting www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted, select your country/  
region, follow the prompts to select your printer, and then the supplies you need.  
NOTE: Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many  
countries have information on ordering by telephone, locating a local store and printing  
a shopping list. In addition, you can select the 'How to Buy' option at the top of the  
www.hp.com/buy/supplies page to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your  
country.  
Supplies  
•
Ink cartridges and printheads  
HP media  
•
Ink cartridges and printheads  
Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries  
have information on ordering by telephone, locating a local store and printing a shopping list. In  
addition, you can select the How to Buy option at the top of the www.hp.com/buy/supplies page  
to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country.  
Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the ink cartridge  
you are replacing. You can find the cartridge number in the following places:  
•
In the embedded Web server, by clicking the Tools tab, and then, under Product  
Information clicking Ink Gauge. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
•
•
On the label of the ink cartridge you are replacing.  
On the printer status page (see Understand the Self Test Diagnostic Page).  
NOTE: Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.  
When you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge  
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until  
prompted to do so.  
188  
HP supplies and accessories  
             
HP media  
To order media such as HP Premium Paper, go to www.hp.com.  
HP recommends plain papers with the ColorLok logo for printing  
and copying of everyday documents. All papers with the  
ColorLok logo are independently tested to meet high standards  
of reliability and print quality, and produce documents with crisp,  
vivid color, bolder blacks, and that dry faster than ordinary plain  
papers. Look for papers with the ColorLok logo in a variety of  
weights and sizes from major paper manufacturers.  
Supplies  
189  
   
C Additional fax setup  
After completing all the steps in the getting started guide, use the instructions in this section to  
complete your fax setup. Keep your getting started guide for later use.  
In this section, you learn how to set up the printer so that faxing works successfully with  
equipment and services you might already have on the same phone line.  
TIP: You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Setup Assistant (Mac OS X)  
to help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the answer mode and fax  
header information. You can access these tools through the HP software you installed with  
the printer. After you run these tools, follow the procedures in this section to complete your  
fax setup.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
Serial-type fax setup  
Test fax setup  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
Before you begin setting up the printer for faxing, determine which kind of phone system your  
country/region uses. The instructions for fax setup differ depending on whether you have a serial-  
or parallel-type phone system.  
•
If you do not see your country/region listed in the table, you probably have a serial-type  
phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on your shared telephone  
equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines) does not allow a physical  
connection to the "2-EXT" port on the printer. Instead, all equipment must be connected at  
the telephone wall jack.  
NOTE: In some countries/regions that use serial-type phone systems, the phone cord  
that came with the printer might have an additional wall plug attached to it. This enables  
you to connect other telecom devices to the wall jack where you plug in the printer.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your  
country/region.  
•
If your country/region is listed in the table, you probably have a parallel-type telephone  
system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect shared telephone  
equipment to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use the 2-wire  
phone cord supplied with the printer to connect it to the telephone wall jack.  
Table C-1 Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system  
Argentina  
Canada  
Colombia  
Indonesia  
Korea  
Australia  
Chile  
Brazil  
China  
India  
Greece  
Ireland  
Japan  
Malaysia  
Latin America  
190  
Additional fax setup  
     
Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system (continued)  
Mexico  
Philippines  
Russia  
Spain  
Poland  
Portugal  
Singapore  
Thailand  
Vietnam  
Saudi Arabia  
Taiwan  
USA  
Venezuela  
If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check with your  
telephone company.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Select the correct fax setup for your home or office  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)  
Case B: Set up the printer with DSL  
Case C: Set up the printer with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line  
Case E: Shared voice/fax line  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail  
Select the correct fax setup for your home or office  
To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any) share the  
same phone line with the printer. This is important because you might need to connect some of  
your existing office equipment directly to the printer, and you might also need to change some fax  
settings before you can fax successfully.  
1. Determine if your telephone system is serial or parallel (see Set up faxing (parallel phone  
systems)).  
a. Serial-type telephone system — See Serial-type fax setup.  
b. Parallel-type telephone system — Go to step 2.  
2. Select the combination of equipment and services sharing your fax line.  
•
•
•
•
DSL: A Digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone company. (DSL  
might be called ADSL in your country/region.)  
PBX: A private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated services digital  
network (ISDN) system.  
Distinctive ring service: A distinctive ring service through your telephone company  
provides multiple telephone numbers with different ring patterns.  
Voice calls: Voice calls are received at the same phone number you use for fax calls on  
the printer.  
191  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
   
Appendix C  
•
Computer dial-up modem: A computer dial-up modem is on the same phone line as the  
printer. If you answer Yes to any of the following questions, you are using a computer  
dial-up modem:  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software  
applications through a dial-up connection?  
Do you send and receive email messages on your computer through a dial-up  
connection?  
Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?  
•
•
Answering machine: An answering machine that answers voice calls at the same phone  
number you use for fax calls on the printer.  
Voice mail service: A voice mail subscription through your telephone company at the  
same number you use for fax calls on the printer.  
3. From the following table, select the combination of equipment and services applicable to your  
home or office setting. Then look up the recommended fax setup. Step-by-step instructions  
are included for each case in the sections that follow.  
NOTE: If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the printer as you  
would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the phone cord supplied in the box to  
connect one end to your telephone wall jack and the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on  
the back of the printer. If you use another phone cord, you might experience problems  
sending and receiving faxes.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line  
Recommended fax  
setup  
DSL  
PBX Distinct Voice Computer Answering Voice  
ive  
calls  
dial-up  
modem  
machine  
mail  
ring  
service  
service  
Case A: Separate  
fax line (no voice  
calls received)  
Case B: Set up the  
printer with DSL  
Case C: Set up the  
printer with a PBX  
phone system or an  
ISDN line  
Case D: Fax with  
a distinctive ring  
service on the same  
line  
Case E: Shared  
voice/fax line  
Case F: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
voice mail  
Case G: Fax line  
shared with  
192  
Additional fax setup  
(continued)  
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line  
Recommended fax  
setup  
DSL  
PBX Distinct Voice Computer Answering Voice  
ive  
calls  
dial-up  
modem  
machine  
mail  
ring  
service  
service  
computer modem  
(no voice calls  
received)  
Case H: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
computer modem  
Case I: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
answering machine  
Case J: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
computer modem  
and answering  
machine  
Case K: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
computer dial-up  
modem and voice  
mail  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)  
If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have no other  
equipment connected on this phone line, set up the printer as described in this section.  
Back view of the printer  
1
2
193  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
   
Appendix C  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the 1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the printer with a separate fax line  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
3. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
4. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the printer answers automatically after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The printer begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax  
machine and receives the fax.  
Case B: Set up the printer with DSL  
If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, and do not connect any equipment  
to the printer, use the instructions in this section to connect a DSL filter between the telephone  
wall jack and the printer. The DSL filter removes the digital signal that can interfere with the  
printer, so the printer can communicate correctly with the phone line. (DSL might be called ADSL  
in your country/region.)  
NOTE: If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you cannot send and  
receive faxes with the printer.  
Back view of the printer  
1
2
3
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
DSL (or ADSL) filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the 1-LINE port  
194  
Additional fax setup  
   
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the printer with DSL  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to the open port  
on the DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of  
the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the printer, you might  
not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone cords  
you might already have in your home or office.  
As only one phone cord is supplied, you might need to obtain additional phone cords for  
this setup.  
3. Connect an additional phone cord from the DSL filter to the telephone wall jack.  
4. Run a fax test.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case C: Set up the printer with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line  
If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter, make sure  
you do the following:  
•
If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the printer to  
the port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make sure that the terminal adapter is  
set to the correct switch type for your country/region, if possible.  
NOTE: Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific phone  
equipment. For example, you might have assigned one port for telephone and Group 3  
fax and another port for multiple purposes. If you have problems when connected to the  
fax/phone port of your ISDN converter, try using the port designated for multiple  
purposes; it might be labeled "multi-combi" or something similar.  
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."  
NOTE: Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to "on" by  
default. The call waiting tone interferes with any fax transmission, and you cannot send  
or receive faxes with the printer. Refer to the documentation that came with your PBX  
phone system for instructions on how to turn off the call-waiting tone.  
•
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before dialing the  
fax number.  
Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer. If  
you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different  
from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone  
cord is too short, you can purchase a coupler from your local electronics store and extend it.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
195  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
   
Appendix C  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line  
If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that allows you to  
have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different ring pattern, set up the  
printer as described in this section.  
Back view of the printer  
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the 1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the printer with a distinctive ring service  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
3. Change the Distinctive Ring setting to match the pattern that the telephone company  
assigned to your fax number.  
NOTE: By default, the printer is set to answer all ring patterns. If you do not set the  
Distinctive Ring to match the ring pattern assigned to your fax number, the printer might  
answer both voice calls and fax calls or it might not answer at all.  
TIP: You can also use the Ring Pattern Detection feature in the printer’s control panel  
to set distinctive ring. With this feature, the printer recognizes and records the ring  
pattern of an incoming call and, based on this call, automatically determines the  
distinctive ring pattern assigned by your telephone company to fax calls. For more  
information, see Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.  
196  
Additional fax setup  
   
4. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
5. Run a fax test.  
The printer automatically answers incoming calls that have the ring pattern you selected  
(Distinctive Ring setting) after the number of rings you selected (Rings to Answer setting). The  
printer begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case E: Shared voice/fax line  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have no other  
office equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up the printer as described in this section.  
Back view of the printer  
3
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the 1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
Telephone (optional)  
To set up the printer with a shared voice/fax line  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Do one of the following:  
•
If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-  
EXT on the back of the printer, and then connect a phone to this port.  
•
If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly on top of the  
printer cable which has a wall plug attached to it.  
197  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
   
Appendix C  
3. Now you need to decide how you want the printer to answer calls, automatically or manually:  
•
If you set up the printer to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming calls and  
receives faxes. The printer cannot distinguish between fax and voice calls in this case; if  
you suspect the call is a voice call, you need to answer it before the printer answers the  
call. To set up the printer to answer calls automatically, turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
•
If you set up the printer to answer faxes manually, you must be available to respond in  
person to incoming fax calls or the printer cannot receive faxes. To set up the printer to  
answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.  
4. Run a fax test.  
If you pick up the phone before the printer answers the call and hear fax tones from a sending fax  
machine, you need to answer the fax call manually.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also subscribe to  
a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up the printer as described in this  
section.  
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at the same  
phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this means you must  
be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want to receive faxes  
automatically instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring  
service, or to obtain a separate phone line for faxing.  
Back view of the printer  
1
2
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the "1-LINE" port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
198  
Additional fax setup  
   
To set up the printer with voice mail  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.  
3. Run a fax test.  
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the printer cannot receive  
faxes. You must initiate the manual fax before voicemail picks up the line.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)  
If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a computer modem  
connected on this line, set up the printer as described in this section.  
NOTE: If you have a computer dial-up modem, your computer dial-up modem shares the  
phone line with the printer. You cannot use both your modem and the printer simultaneously.  
For example, you cannot use the printer for faxing while you are using your computer dial-up  
modem to send an email or access the Internet.  
•
•
Set up the printer with a computer dial-up modem  
Set up the printer with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
Set up the printer with a computer dial-up modem  
If you are using the same phone line for sending faxes and for a computer dial-up modem, follow  
these directions for setting up the printer.  
Back view of the printer  
3
1
2
199  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
     
Appendix C  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the "1-LINE" port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
Computer with modem  
To set up the printer with a computer dial-up modem  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
4. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem  
software, the printer cannot receive faxes.  
5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
6. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
7. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the printer automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The printer begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax  
machine and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
200  
Additional fax setup  
Set up the printer with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
If you have a DSL line and use that phone line to send faxes, follow these instructions to set up  
your fax.  
4
1
3
2
5
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Parallel splitter  
DSL/ADSL filter  
Connect one end of the phone jack that was supplied with the printer to  
connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of the printer. Connect the  
other end of the cord to the DSL/ADSL filter.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
4
5
Computer  
Computer DSL/ADSL modem  
NOTE: You need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the  
front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or  
a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.  
201  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
 
Appendix C  
To set up the printer with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
2. Using the phone cord provided in the box with the printer, connect one end to the DSL filter,  
and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the back of the  
printer, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different  
from the phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
3. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.  
4. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.  
5. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.  
6. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the printer automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The printer begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax  
machine and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem  
There are two different ways to set up the printer with your computer based on the number of  
phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two  
phone ports.  
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you need to purchase a parallel splitter  
(also called a coupler), as shown in the illustration. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on  
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial  
splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
•
•
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem  
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem  
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem  
If you use your phone line for both fax and telephone calls, use these instructions to set up your  
fax.  
There are two different ways to set up the printer with your computer based on the number of  
phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two  
phone ports.  
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you need to purchase a parallel splitter  
(also called a coupler), as shown in the illustration. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on  
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial  
splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
Example of a parallel splitter  
202  
Additional fax setup  
     
To set up the printer on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports  
Back view of the printer  
4
1
2
3
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to the  
1-LINE port.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
4
Computer with modem  
Telephone  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
5. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem  
software, the printer cannot receive faxes.  
203  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
Appendix C  
6. Now you need to decide how you want the printer to answer calls, automatically or manually:  
•
If you set up the printer to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming calls and  
receives faxes. The printer cannot distinguish between fax and voice calls in this case; if  
you suspect the call is a voice call, you need to answer it before the printer answers the  
call. To set up the printer to answer calls automatically, turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
•
If you set up the printer to answer faxes manually, you must be available to respond in  
person to incoming fax calls or the printer cannot receive faxes. To set up the printer to  
answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answersetting.  
7. Run a fax test.  
If you pick up the phone before the printer answers the call and hear fax tones from a sending fax  
machine, you need to answer the fax call manually.  
If you use your phone line for voice, fax, and your computer dial-up modem, follow these  
directions to set up your fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem  
Use these instructions if your computer has a DSL/ADSL modem  
7
1
3
1
7
4
6
3
2
5
1
2
3
4
Telephone wall jack  
Parallel splitter  
DSL/ADSL filter  
Phone cord supplied with the printer  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
5
6
7
DSL/ADSL modem  
Computer  
Telephone  
204  
Additional fax setup  
 
NOTE: You need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the  
front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or  
a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.  
To set up the printer with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number with  
DSL service need to be connected to additional DSL filters to avoid noise when making  
voice calls.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printers, connect one end to the DSL filter,  
then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the printer, you might  
not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from phone cords you  
might already have in your home or office.  
3. If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT  
on the back of the printer, and then connect a phone to this port.  
4. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.  
5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.  
6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.  
7. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the printer automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The printer begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax  
machine and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
205  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
Appendix C  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have an  
answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up the printer as described  
in this section.  
Back view of the printer  
3
4
1
2
1
Telephone wall jack  
2
Use the phone cord provided to connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of  
the printer  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
4
Answering machine  
Telephone (optional)  
To set up the printer with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
2. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port  
labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the printer, fax tones  
from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine, and you  
might not receive faxes with the printer.  
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
4. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience you  
might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the "OUT" port.  
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone, you can  
purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect both the  
answering machine and telephone to the printer. You can use standard phone cords for  
these connections.  
206  
Additional fax setup  
   
5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
6. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.  
7. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the printer to the maximum number of rings  
supported by your printer. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)  
8. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you have set,  
and then plays your recorded greeting. The printer monitors the call during this time, "listening"  
for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the printer emits fax reception tones and  
receives the fax; if there are no fax tones, the printer stops monitoring the line and your  
answering machine can record a voice message.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have  
a computer modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set up the printer as  
described in this section.  
NOTE: Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the printer, you  
cannot use both your modem and the printer simultaneously. For example, you cannot use  
the printer for faxing while you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an email or  
access the Internet.  
•
•
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine  
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine  
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine  
There are two different ways to set up the printer with your computer based on the number of  
phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two  
phone ports  
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you need to purchase a parallel splitter  
(also called a coupler), as shown in the illustration. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on  
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial  
splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
Example of a parallel splitter  
207  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
     
Appendix C  
To set up the printer on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports  
Back view of the printer  
3
2
1
5
4
7
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Telephone wall jack  
"IN" phone port on your computer  
"OUT" phone port on your computer  
Telephone (optional)  
Answering machine  
Computer with modem  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to the  
1-LINE port.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
3. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port  
labeled "OUT" on the back of the computer (the computer dial-up modem).  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
208  
Additional fax setup  
5. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience you  
might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the "OUT" port.  
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone, you can  
purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect both the  
answering machine and telephone to the printer. You can use standard phone cords for  
these connections.  
6. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem  
software, the printer cannot receive faxes.  
7. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
8. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.  
9. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the printer to the maximum number of rings  
supported by the product. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)  
10. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you have set,  
and then plays your recorded greeting. The printer monitors the call during this time, "listening"  
for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the printer emits fax reception tones and  
receives the fax; if there are no fax tones, the printer stops monitoring the line and your  
answering machine can record a voice message.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine  
8
8
7
1
2
3
5
1
4
6
3
1
Telephone wall jack  
Parallel splitter  
2
3
DSL/ADSL filter  
209  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
 
Appendix C  
(continued)  
4
Phone cord provided with the printer connected to the 1-LINE port on  
the back of the printer  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
5
6
7
8
DSL/ADSL modem  
Computer  
Answering machine  
Telephone (optional)  
NOTE: You need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the  
front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or  
a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.  
To set up the printer with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
1. Obtain a DSL/ADSL filter from your DSL/ADSL provider.  
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number with  
DSL/ADSL service need to be connected to additional DSL/ADSL filters, to avoid noise  
when making voice calls.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to the DSL/ADSL  
filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL/ADSL filter to the printer, you  
might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
3. Connect the DSL/ADSL filter to the splitter.  
4. Unplug the answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port  
labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the printer, fax tones  
from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine, and you  
might not receive faxes with the printer.  
5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.  
6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.  
7. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.  
8. Change your Rings to Answer setting on the printer to the maximum number of rings  
supported by the printer.  
NOTE: The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.  
9. Run a fax test.  
210  
Additional fax setup  
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you have set,  
and then play your recorded greeting. The printer monitors the call during this time, “listening” for  
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the printer emits fax reception tones and receive  
the fax; if there are no fax tones, the printer stops monitoring the line and your answering  
machine can record a voice message.  
If you use the same phone line for telephone, fax, and have a computer DSL modem, follow  
these instructions to set up your fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a computer dial-up  
modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone  
company, set up the printer as described in this section.  
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at the same  
phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this means you must  
be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want to receive faxes  
automatically instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring  
service, or to obtain a separate phone line for faxing.  
Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the printer, you cannot use both  
your modem and the printer simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the printer for faxing if  
you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an email or access the Internet.  
There are two different ways to set up the printer with your computer based on the number of  
phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two  
phone ports.  
•
If your computer has only one phone port, you need to purchase a parallel splitter (also called  
a coupler), as shown in the illustration. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and  
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or  
a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
Example of a parallel splitter  
211  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
   
Appendix C  
•
If your computer has two phone ports, set up the printer as follows:  
Back view of the printer  
4
1
2
3
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer to connect to  
the 1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
4
5
Parallel splitter  
Computer with modem  
Telephone  
To set up the printer on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the printer.  
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the printer, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the printer.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the printer,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the  
phone cords you might already have in your home or office.  
5. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem  
software, the printer cannot receive faxes.  
6. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.  
7. Run a fax test.  
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the printer cannot receive  
faxes.  
212  
Additional fax setup  
If you encounter problems setting up the printer with optional equipment, contact your local  
service provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Serial-type fax setup  
For information on setting up the printer for faxing using a serial-type phone system, see the Fax  
Configuration Web site for your country/region.  
Austria  
www.hp.com/at/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/de/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/ch/fr/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/ch/de/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/uk/faxconfig  
www.hp.fi/faxconfig  
Germany  
Switzerland (French)  
Switzerland (German)  
United Kingdom  
Finland  
Denmark  
www.hp.dk/faxconfig  
Sweden  
www.hp.se/faxconfig  
Norway  
www.hp.no/faxconfig  
Netherlands  
Belgium (Dutch)  
Belgium (French)  
Portugal  
www.hp.nl/faxconfig  
www.hp.be/nl/faxconfig  
www.hp.be/fr/faxconfig  
www.hp.pt/faxconfig  
Spain  
www.hp.es/faxconfig  
France  
www.hp.com/fr/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/ie/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/it/faxconfig  
Ireland  
Italy  
Test fax setup  
You can test your fax setup to check the status of the printer and to make sure it is set up  
correctly for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up the printer for faxing.  
The test does the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tests the fax hardware  
Verifies the correct type of phone cord is connected to the printer  
Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port  
Checks for a dial tone  
Checks for an active phone line  
Tests the status of your phone line connection  
213  
Test fax setup  
     
Appendix C  
The printer prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the report for  
information on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.  
To test fax setup via the printer control panel  
1. Set up the printer for faxing according to your particular home or office setup instructions.  
2. Make sure the ink cartridges are installed, and that full-size paper is loaded in the input tray  
before starting the test.  
3.  
From the printer control panel, touch right arrow , and then select Setup.  
4. Select Tools, and then select Run Fax Test.  
The printer displays the status of the test on the display and prints a report.  
5. Review the report.  
•
If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax settings listed in  
the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or incorrect fax setting can cause  
problems faxing.  
•
If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any problems found.  
214  
Additional fax setup  
D Network setup  
You can manage network settings for the printer through the printer control panel as described in  
the next section. Additional advanced settings are available in the embedded Web server,  
a configuration and status tool you access from your Web browser using an existing network  
connection to the printer. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Change basic network settings  
Change advanced network settings  
Set up the printer for wireless communication  
Uninstall and reinstall the HP software  
Change basic network settings  
The control-panel options enable you to set up and manage a wireless connection and to perform  
a variety of network management tasks. This includes viewing the network settings, restoring the  
network defaults, turning the wireless radio on and off, and changing the network settings.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
View and print network settings  
Turn the wireless radio on and off  
View and print network settings  
You can display a summary of the network settings on the printer control panel or the HP  
software that came with the printer. You can print a more detailed network configuration page,  
which lists all of the important network settings such as the IP address, link speed, DNS, and  
mDNS. For more information, see Understand the network configuration page.  
Turn the wireless radio on and off  
The wireless radio is on by default, as indicated by the blue light on the front of the printer. In  
order to stay connected to a wireless network, the radio must stay on. However, if your printer is  
connected to a wired network or you have a USB connection, the radio is not used. In this case  
you might want to turn the radio off.  
1.  
Touch right arrow , and then select Network.  
2. Touch Wireless, select Wireless Radio, and then select On to turn the radio on, or Off to  
turn the radio off.  
Change advanced network settings  
CAUTION: Network settings are provided for your convenience. However, unless you are  
an advanced user, you should not change some of these settings (such as the link speed, IP  
settings, default gateway, and firewall settings).  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
Set link speed  
View IP settings  
Change IP settings  
Configure the printer’s firewall settings  
Reset network settings  
Network setup  
215  
                 
Appendix D  
Set link speed  
You can change the speed at which data is transmitted over the network. The default is Automatic.  
1. Touch right arrow , and then select Network.  
2. Select Advanced Setup, then select Link Speed.  
3. Touch the number next to the link speed that matches your network hardware:  
•
•
•
•
•
1. Automatic  
2. 10-Full  
3. 10-Half  
4. 100-Full  
5. 100-Half  
View IP settings  
To view the IP address of the printer:  
•
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network  
configuration page.  
Or, open the HP software (Windows), click the Network Settings tab, click the Wired or  
Wireless tab (depending on the current connection), and then click IP Settings.  
Change IP settings  
The default IP setting for the IP settings is Automatic, which sets the IP settings automatically.  
However, if you are an advanced user, you might want to manually change settings such as the  
IP address, subnet mask, or the default gateway.  
CAUTION: Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. If you enter an invalid IP  
address during the installation, your network components cannot connect with the printer.  
1.  
Touch right arrow , and then select Network.  
2. Select Advanced Setup, and then select IP Settings.  
3. A message appears warning that changing the IP address removes the printer from the  
network. Touch OK to continue.  
4. Automatic is selected by default. To change the settings manually, touch Manual.  
5. Touch the IP setting:  
•
•
•
IP Address  
Subnet Mask  
Default Gateway  
6. Enter your changes, and then touch Done.  
Configure the printer’s firewall settings  
Firewall features provide network-layer security on both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. The firewall  
provides simple control of IP addresses that are allowed access.  
NOTE: In addition to firewall protection at the network layer, the printer also supports an  
SNMPv3 agent at the application layer for management application security, and open secure  
sockets layer (SSL) standards at the transport layer for secure client-server applications,  
such as client-server authentication or HTTPS Web browsing.  
For firewall operation on the printer, you must configure a firewall policy to apply to specified IP  
traffic. Firewall policy pages are accessed through the EWS and displayed by your Web browser.  
After a policy is configured, it is not activated until you click Apply in the EWS.  
216  
Network setup  
               
Creating and using firewall rules  
Firewall rules allow you to control IP traffic. Use firewall rules to allow or drop IP traffic based on  
IP addresses and services.  
Enter up to ten rules, each rule specifying the host addresses, services, and the action to take for  
those addresses and services.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
Create a firewall rule  
Change the priority of firewall rules  
Change firewall options  
Reset firewall settings  
Limitations to rules, templates, and services  
Create a firewall rule  
To create a firewall rule, complete the following steps:  
1. Open the embedded Web server. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
2. Click the Settings tab, click Firewall Rules.  
3. Click New, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
Change the priority of firewall rules  
To change the priority in which a firewall rule is used, complete the following steps:  
1. Open the embedded Web server. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
2. Click the Settings tab, click Firewall Rules Priority.  
3. Select the priority in which you want the rule to be used from the Rule Precedence list, with  
1 having the highest priority and 10 having the lowest priority.  
4. Click Apply.  
Change firewall options  
To change firewall options for the printer, complete the following steps:  
1. Open the embedded Web server. For more information, see Embedded Web server.  
2. Click the Settings tab, click Firewall Options.  
3. Change any settings, and then click Apply.  
NOTE: After clicking Apply, the connection to the EWS might be temporarily disrupted for a  
short period of time. If the IP address was unchanged, the EWS connection will be enabled  
again. However, if the IP address was changed, use the new IP address to open the EWS.  
Reset firewall settings  
To reset the firewall settings to the factory defaults, restore the printer’s network settings. For  
more information, see To reset the printer's network settings.  
Limitations to rules, templates, and services  
When creating firewall rules, note the following limitations to rules, templates, and services.  
Item  
Limit  
11  
Maximum number of rules.  
Maximum number of Address Templates.  
12  
217  
Change advanced network settings  
           
Appendix D  
(continued)  
Item  
Limit  
Note the following:  
•
All IP Addresses Results in two (2)  
address template rules. One for all IPv4  
addresses, and another for all IPv6  
addresses.  
•
All non link local IPv6 Results in four (4)  
address template rules:  
ƕ
:: to  
FE7F:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:F  
FFF:FFFF for both local and remote  
addresses  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
:: to  
FE7F:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:F  
FFF:FFFF for local addresses  
FE81:: to  
FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:F  
FFF:FFFF for remote addresses  
FE81:: to  
FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:F  
FFF:FFFF for local addresses,  
:: to  
FE7F:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:F  
FFF:FFFF for remote addresses  
FE81:: to  
FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:F  
FFF:FFFF for both local and remote  
addresses  
•
All Broadcast/Multicast Addresses  
Results in four (4) address template rules:  
ƕ
224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 IPv4  
local addresses and all IPv4 remote  
addresses  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
A single IPv4 local address, and all  
IPv4 remote addresses  
255.255.255.255 local address, and  
all IPv4 remote addresses  
FF00:: / 8 local IPv6 addresses, and  
all IPv6 remote addresses  
NOTE: To avoid multiple rules for these  
predefined address templates, you can create  
custom address templates.  
Maximum number of user-defined address  
templates.  
5
Maximum number of services you can add to  
a user-defined service template.  
64  
NOTE: The predefined All Services template  
is not subject to this limitation and includes all  
services supported by the print server.  
Maximum number of services you can add to  
the policy.  
64  
218  
Network setup  
(continued)  
Item  
Limit  
For example, if a user-defined service  
template consists of 64 services, then it is the  
only service template you can use.  
Maximum number of service templates in the  
policy.  
10  
5
Maximum number of user-defined custom  
service templates.  
Reset network settings  
To reset the administrator password and network settings, complete the following steps:  
1.  
Touch right arrow , and then select Network.  
2. Touch Restore Network Defaults, and then select Yes.  
NOTE: Print the network configuration page and verify that the network settings have been  
reset. For more information, see Understand the network configuration page.  
By default, the network name (SSID) is “hpsetup” and the communication mode is “ad hoc.”  
NOTE: Resetting the printer’s network settings also resets the printer’s firewall settings. For  
more information about configuring the printer’s firewall settings, see Configure the printer’s  
firewall settings.  
Set up the printer for wireless communication  
You may set up the printer for wireless communication.  
NOTE: If you encounter problems, see Solve wireless problems.  
Make sure the printer is not connected to the network using a network cable.  
The sending device must have built-in 802.11 capabilities or an 802.11 wireless card installed.  
The printer and the computers that use it must be on the same subnet.  
Before installing the HP software, you might want to find out the settings of your network. Obtain  
the information from your system administrators, or complete the following tasks:  
•
Obtain your network's network name or Service Set Identifier (SSID) and communication  
mode (infrastructure or ad hoc) from the configuration utility for the network's wireless access  
point (WAP) or the computer's network card.  
•
•
Find out the type of encryption your network uses, such as Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP).  
Find out the security password or encryption key of the wireless device.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
To set up a wireless communication using the Wireless Setup Wizard  
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings  
Test the wireless connection  
Change the connection method  
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security  
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network  
To set up a wireless communication using the Wireless Setup Wizard  
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to set up and manage a wireless connection  
(both infrastructure and ad hoc connections) to your printer.  
219  
Set up the printer for wireless communication  
         
Appendix D  
NOTE: To connect to an infrastructure network, you must have a wireless network set up  
and running.  
1. Set up the printer hardware. See the getting started guide or the setup poster that came with  
your printer.  
2.  
On the printer control panel, touch right arrow , and then select Network.  
3. Touch Wireless, select Wireless Setup Wizard, and then touch OK.  
4. Follow the display instructions to complete the setup.  
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase,  
contact your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network.  
NOTE: If you want to connect the printer using an ad hoc connection, connect your  
computer to the network name (SSID) “hpsetup“. (This network name is the default, ad hoc  
network created by the printer.) If your printer was previously configured for a different  
network, you can restore the network defaults to enable the printer to use “hpsetup“. To  
restore network defaults, see Reset network settings.  
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings  
Network name (SSID)  
By default, the printer looks for the wireless network name or SSID named "hpsetup." Your  
network may have a different SSID.  
Communication mode  
There are two communication mode options:  
•
Ad hoc: On an ad hoc network, the printer is set to ad hoc communication mode and  
communicates directly with other wireless devices without the use of a WAP.  
All devices on the ad hoc network must:  
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
ƕ
Be 802.11 compatible  
Have ad hoc as the communication mode  
Have the same network name (SSID)  
Be on the same subnet and same channel  
Have the same 802.11 security settings  
•
Infrastructure (recommended): On an infrastructure network, the printer is set to  
infrastructure communication mode and communicates with other devices on the network,  
whether the devices are wired or wireless, through a WAP. WAPs commonly act as routers  
or gateways on small networks.  
Security settings  
•
Network authentication: The printer's factory default setting is 'Open,' which does not  
require security for authorization or encryption. The other possible values are  
'OpenThenShared,' 'Shared,' and 'WPA-PSK' (Wi-Fi® Protected Access Pre-Shared Key).  
WPA increases the level of over-the-air data protection and access control on existing and  
future Wi-Fi networks. It addresses all known weaknesses of WEP, the original native  
security mechanism in the 802.11 standard.  
220  
Network setup  
     
WPA2 is the second generation of WPA security; it provides enterprise and consumer Wi-Fi  
users with a high level of assurance that only authorized users can access their wireless  
networks.  
•
Data encryption:  
ƕ
Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) provides security by encrypting data sent over radio  
waves from one wireless device to another wireless device. Devices on a WEP-enabled  
network use WEP keys to encode data. If your network uses WEP, you must know the  
WEP key(s) it uses.  
NOTE: Shared WEP key encryption is not supported.  
ƕ
ƕ
WPA uses the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for encryption and employs  
802.1X authentication with one of the standard Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)  
types available today.  
WPA2 provides a new encryption scheme, the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).  
AES is defined in counter cipher-block chaining mode (CCM) and supports the  
Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS) to enable security between client workstations  
operating in ad hoc mode.  
Test the wireless connection  
Print the wireless test page for information about the printer's wireless connection. The wireless  
test page provides information about the printer's status, MAC address, and IP address. If the  
printer is connected to a network, the test page displays details about the network settings.  
1.  
Touch right arrow , and then select Network.  
2. Touch Wireless, and then select Wireless Network Test.  
Change the connection method  
If you have installed the HP software and connected your printer using a USB, Ethernet, or  
wireless connection, you can change to a different connection any time you want.  
NOTE: If you are changing to a wireless connection, make sure that an Ethernet cable has  
not been connected to the printer. Connecting an Ethernet cable turns off the printer's  
wireless capabilities.  
To change the connection method (Windows)  
NOTE: If you are changing to a wireless connection, make sure that an Ethernet cable has  
not been connected to the printer. Connecting an Ethernet cable turns off the printer's  
wireless capabilities.  
1. On the computer desktop, click Start, select Programs or All Programs, click HP, select  
your printer name, and then click Connect a New Printer.  
2. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To change the connection method (Mac OS X)  
1. Open the HP Utility. For more information, see HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
To add hardware addresses to a WAP  
Other guidelines  
221  
Set up the printer for wireless communication  
           
Appendix D  
To add hardware addresses to a WAP  
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a WAP is configured with a list of MAC addresses  
(also called "hardware addresses") of devices that are allowed to gain access to the network  
through the WAP.  
If the WAP does not have the hardware address of a device attempting to access the network,  
the WAP denies the device access to the network.  
If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the printer's MAC address must be added to the WAP's  
list of accepted MAC addresses.  
1. Print the network configuration page. For information on the network configuration page, see  
Understand the network configuration page.  
2. Open the WAP's configuration utility, and add the printer's hardware address to the list of  
accepted MAC addresses.  
Other guidelines  
To keep the wireless network secure, follow these guidelines:  
•
•
Use a password with at least 20 random characters. You can use up to 64 characters in  
a WPA password.  
Avoid any common words or phrases, easy sequences of characters (such as all 1s), and  
personally-identifiable information for passwords. Always use random strings composed of  
uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and if allowed, special characters such as  
punctuation.  
•
•
Change the password periodically.  
Change the default password provided by the manufacturer for administrator access to the  
access point or wireless router. Some routers let you change the administrator name as well.  
•
•
Turn off administrative access over wireless if possible. If you do this, you need to connect to  
the router with a wired Ethernet connection when you want to make configuration changes.  
Turn off remote administrative access over the Internet on your router, if possible. You can  
use Remote Desktop to make an encrypted connection to a computer running behind your  
router and make configuration changes from the local computer you are accessing over the  
Internet.  
•
To avoid accidentally connecting to another party's wireless network, turn off the setting to  
automatically connect to non-preferred networks. This is disabled by default in Windows XP.  
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network  
The following tips will help reduce the chances for interference in a wireless network:  
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large metal objects, such as filing cabinets, and other  
electromagnetic devices, such as microwaves and cordless telephones, as these objects can  
disrupt radio signals.  
•
•
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large masonry structures and other building structures  
as these objects can absorb radio waves and lower signal strength.  
For an infrastructure network, position the WAP in a central location in line of sight with the  
wireless devices on the network.  
Keep all wireless devices on the network within range of one another.  
Uninstall and reinstall the HP software  
If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to the computer before  
prompted by the HP software installation screen, you might need to uninstall and then reinstall  
the HP software that came with the printer. Do not simply delete the printer application files from  
222  
Network setup  
         
your computer. Make sure to remove them correctly using the uninstall utility provided when you  
installed the HP software.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1  
1. Disconnect the printer from your computer. Do not connect it to your computer until after you  
have reinstalled the HP software.  
2. On the computer desktop, click Start, select Programs or All Programs, click HP, click the  
printer name, and then click Uninstall.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.  
Other programs that use these files might not work correctly if the files are deleted.  
5. Restart your computer.  
6. To reinstall the HP software, insert the HP software CD into your computer's CD drive, and  
follow the onscreen instructions.  
7. Connect the printer when the HP software prompts you to connect it to the computer.  
8. Press the Power button to turn the printer on.  
After connecting and turning on the printer, you might have to wait several minutes for all of  
the Plug and Play events to complete.  
9. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2  
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.  
1. On the computer desktop, click Start, select Settings, click Control Panel, and then click  
Add/Remove Programs.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Programs and Features.  
2. Select the printer name, and then click Change/Remove or Uninstall/Change.  
Follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. Disconnect the printer from your computer.  
4. Restart your computer.  
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the printer before restarting your computer.  
Do not connect the printer to your computer until after you have reinstalled the HP  
software.  
5. Insert the HP software CD into your computer's CD drive and then start the Setup program.  
6. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 1  
1. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open HP Utility.  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double click HP Uninstaller, and then click Continue.  
4. Select the product to uninstall, and then click Uninstall.  
5. When prompted, type the correct administrator’s name and password, and then click OK.  
6. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
7. When the HP Uninstaller finishes, restart your computer.  
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 2  
1. Open the Finder, select Applications, and then select Hewlett-Packard.  
2. Double-click HP Uninstaller, and then click Continue.  
3. When prompted, type the correct administrator’s name and password, and then click OK.  
Uninstall and reinstall the HP software  
223  
   
Appendix D  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
5. When the HP Uninstaller finishes, restart your computer.  
224  
Network setup  
E Printer management tools  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
HP printer software (Windows)  
HP Utility (Mac OS X)  
Embedded Web server  
HP printer software (Windows)  
The HP software provided with the printer provides maintenance information about the printer.  
NOTE: The HP printer software can be installed from the HP Software CD if the computer  
meets the system requirements.  
Open the HP software  
From the computer desktop, click the Start tab, select Programs or All Programs, select HP,  
select the folder for your HP printer, and then select your HP printer.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X)  
The HP Utility contains tools to configure print settings, calibrate the printer, order supplies online,  
and find Web site support information.  
NOTE: On a Macintosh computer, the features available in the HP Utility vary depending on  
the selected printer.  
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you  
receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to  
avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until prompted to do so.  
TIP: When the HP Utility is opened, you can gain access to the Dock menu shortcuts by  
selecting and holding the mouse button over the appropriate icon for the HP Utility in the Dock.  
Open HP Utility  
To open the HP Utility  
Ÿ
Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock.  
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the right side  
of the menu bar, type HP Utilityin the box, and then click the HP Utility entry.  
Embedded Web server  
When the printer is connected to a network, you can use the embedded Web server to view  
status information, change settings, and manage it from your computer.  
NOTE: For a list of system requirements for the embedded Web server, see Embedded  
Web server specifications.  
To view or change some settings, you might need a password.  
You can open and use the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet.  
However, some features are not available.  
Printer management tools  
225  
                   
Appendix E  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
About cookies  
To open the embedded Web server  
About cookies  
The embedded Web server (EWS) places very small text files (cookies) on your hard drive when  
you are browsing. These files let the EWS recognize your computer the next time you visit. For  
example, if you have configured the EWS language, a cookie helps remember which language  
you have selected so that the next time you access the EWS, the pages are displayed in that  
language. Though some cookies are cleared at the end of each session (such as the cookie that  
stores the selected language), others (such as the cookie that stores customer-specific  
preferences) are stored on the computer until you clear them manually.  
You can configure your browser to accept all cookies, or you can configure it to alert you every  
time a cookie is offered, which allows you to decide which cookies to accept or refuse. You can  
also use your browser to remove unwanted cookies.  
NOTE: Depending on your printer, if you disable cookies, you also disable one or more of  
the following features:  
•
•
•
Starting where you left the application (especially useful when using setup wizards)  
Remembering the EWS browser language setting  
Personalizing the EWS Home page  
For information about how to change your privacy and cookie settings and how to view or delete  
cookies, see the documentation available with your Web browser.  
To open the embedded Web server  
NOTE: The printer must be on a network and must have an IP address. The IP address and  
hostname for the printer are listed on the status report. For more information, see Understand  
the network configuration page.  
In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the IP address or hostname that has been  
assigned to the printer.  
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following address into the Web  
browser: http://123.123.123.123.  
TIP: After opening the embedded Web server, you can bookmark it so that you can return  
to it quickly.  
226  
Printer management tools  
     
F How do I?  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Get started  
Print  
Scan  
Copy  
Fax  
HP Digital Solutions  
Work with ink cartridges  
Solve a problem  
How do I?  
227  
G Errors (Windows)  
Fax memory full  
If Backup Fax Reception or HP Digital Fax (Fax to PC or Fax to Mac) is enabled and the printer  
has a problem (such as a paper jam), the printer saves incoming faxes to memory until the  
problem is resolved. However, the printer’s memory might fill up with faxes that have not been  
printed yet or transferred to the computer.  
To solve this problem, resolve any problems with the printer.  
For more information, see Solve fax problems.  
Printer disconnected  
The computer cannot communicate with the printer because one of the following events has  
occurred:  
•
•
The printer has been turned off.  
The cable connecting the printer - such as a USB cable or a network (Ethernet) cable – has  
been disconnected.  
•
If the printer is connected to a wireless network, the wireless connection has been broken.  
To solve this problem, try the following solutions:  
•
Make sure the printer is turned on and that the  
(Power) light is on.  
•
Make sure the power cord and other cables are working and are firmly connected to the  
printer.  
•
•
•
Make sure the power cord is connected firmly to a functioning, alternating current (AC) power  
outlet.  
If the printer is connected to a network, make sure the network is functioning properly. For  
more information, see Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems.  
If the printer is connected to a wireless network, make sure the wireless network is  
functioning properly. For more information, see Solve wireless problems.  
Ink Alert  
The ink cartridge identified in the message is low on ink.  
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you receive  
a low ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible  
printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until prompted to do so.  
For information about replacing ink cartridges, see Replace the ink cartridges. For information  
about ordering ink cartridges, see Order printing supplies online. For information about recycling  
used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling program.  
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different ways,  
including in the initialization process, which prepares the printer and cartridges for printing. In  
addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more information  
seewww.hp.com/go/inkusage.  
Printhead problem  
The printhead identified in the message is missing, not detected, or incorrectly installed in the  
printer.  
228  
Errors (Windows)  
To solve this problem, try the following solutions. Solutions are listed in order, with the most likely  
solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the remaining  
solutions until the issue is resolved.  
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Turn the printer off and on.  
Solution 2: Install the printheads correctly.  
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts.  
Solution 4: Replace the printhead.  
Solution 1: Turn the printer off and on.  
Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 2: Install the printheads correctly.  
Make sure all of the printheads are properly installed:  
CAUTION: The printheads contain electrical contacts contain sensitive electronic  
components that can be damaged easily.  
1. Open the print-carriage access door.  
2. Touch Change Printheads on the printer control panel. Wait for the carriage to stop moving,  
and then unplug the power cord from the printer.  
3. Lift the printhead latch.  
4. Lift the handle of the printhead (which corresponds to the message) and use it to pull the  
printhead out of its slot.  
5. Insert the printhead into its color-coded slot. (The label on the printhead must match the label  
on the printhead latch). Press down firmly on the printhead to ensure proper contact.  
6. If necessary, repeat the steps for the remaining printhead.  
7. Pull the printhead latch all the way forward, and then press down to ensure that the latch is  
engaged correctly. You might have to apply some pressure to engage the latch.  
8. Close the print-carriage access door and check if the error message has gone away.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts  
Clean the electrical contacts on the printhead. For more information, see To clean the printhead  
contacts manually.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 4: Replace the printhead  
Replace the indicated printhead. For more information, see Solve wireless problems.  
NOTE: If the printhead is still under warranty, contact HP support for service or  
replacement. For more information about the printhead warranty, see Solve wireless problems.  
If the problem persists after you replace the cartridge, contact HP support. For more information,  
see HP support.  
Cartridge Problem  
The ink cartridge identified in the message is missing, damaged, or inserted into the wrong slot in  
the printer.  
NOTE: If the cartridge is identified in the message as incompatible, seeOrder printing  
supplies online for information about obtaining cartridges for the printer.  
Cartridge Problem  
229  
Appendix G  
To solve this problem, try the following solutions. Solutions are listed in order, with the most likely  
solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the remaining  
solutions until the issue is resolved.  
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Turn the printer off and on  
Solution 2: Install the ink cartridges correctly  
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts  
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge  
Solution 1: Turn the printer off and on  
Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 2: Install the ink cartridges correctly  
Make sure all of the ink cartridges are properly installed:  
1. Gently pull open the ink cartridge cover.  
2. Remove the ink cartridge by grasping it and pulling it firmly toward you.  
3. Insert the cartridge into the slot. Press firmly on the cartridge to ensure proper contact.  
4. Close the ink cartridge cover and check if the error message has gone away.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 3: Replace the ink cartridge  
Replace the indicated ink cartridge. For more information, seeOrder printing supplies online.  
NOTE: If your cartridge is still under warranty, contact HP support for service or  
replacement. For more information about ink cartridge warranty, see Ink cartridge warranty  
information. If the problem persists after you replace the cartridge, contact HP support. For  
more information, seeHP support.  
Paper Mismatch  
The paper size or type selected in the printer driver does not match the paper loaded in the  
printer. Make sure that the correct paper is loaded in the printer, and then print the document  
again. For more information, see Load media.  
NOTE: If the paper loaded in the printer is the correct size, change the selected paper size  
in the printer driver, and then print the document again.  
The cartridge cradle cannot move  
Something is blocking the ink cartridge cradle (the part of the printer that holds the ink cartridges).  
To clear the obstruction, press  
printer for jams.  
(the Power button) to turn off the printer, and then check the  
For more information, see Clear jams.  
Paper Jam  
Paper has become jammed in the printer.  
Before you try to clear the jam, check the following:  
•
Make sure that you have loaded paper that meets specifications and is not wrinkled, folded,  
or damaged. For more information, see Media specifications.  
•
•
Make sure that the printer is clean. For more information, see Maintain the printer.  
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more information, see  
Load media.  
230  
Errors (Windows)  
For instructions on clearing jams, as well as more information about how to avoid jams, see Clear  
jams.  
The printer is out of paper  
The default tray is empty.  
Load more paper, and then touch OK.  
For more information, see Load media.  
Printer Offline  
The printer is currently offline. While offline, the printer cannot be used.  
To change the printer's status, complete the following steps.  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. If the printers listed in the dialog box are not being displayed in Details view, click the View  
menu, and then click Details.  
3. If the printer is Offline, right-click the printer, and click Use Printer Online.  
4. Try using the printer again.  
Printer Paused  
The printer is currently paused. While paused, new jobs are added to the queue but are not  
printed.  
To change the printer’s status, complete the following steps.  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. If the printers listed in the dialog box are not being displayed in Details view, click the View  
menu, and then click Details.  
3. If the printer is paused, right-click the printer, and click Resume Printing.  
4. Try using the printer again.  
Document failed to print  
The printer could not print the document because a problem occurred in the printing system.  
For information about solving printing problems, see Solve printing problems.  
Printer failure  
There was a problem with the printer. Usually, you can resolve such problems by completing the  
following steps:  
1.  
2. Unplug the power cord, and then plug in the power cord again.  
3.  
Press  
(the Power button) to turn off the printer.  
Press  
(the Power button)to turn on the printer.  
If this problem persists, write down the error code provided in the message, and then contact HP  
support. For more information about contacting HP support, see HP support.  
Door or cover open  
Before the printer can print documents, all doors and covers must be closed.  
Door or cover open  
231  
Appendix G  
TIP: When completely closed, most doors and covers snap into place.  
If the problem persists after you’ve securely closed all doors and covers, contact HP support. For  
more information, see HP support.  
Previously used ink cartridge installed  
The ink cartridge identified in the message was previously used in a different printer.  
You can use ink cartridges in different printers, but if the cartridge was left outside of a printer for  
an extended period of time, the print quality of your documents might be affected. Also, if you use  
ink cartridges that have been used in a different printer, the ink level indicator might be inaccurate  
or unavailable.  
If the print quality is unsatisfactory, try cleaning the printheads. For more information, see To  
clean the printheads.  
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different ways,  
including in the initialization process, which prepares the printer and cartridges for printing,  
and in printhead servicing, which keeps print nozzles clear and ink flowing smoothly. In  
addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more information, see  
www.hp.com/go/inkusage.  
For more information about storing ink cartridges, see Supplies.  
232  
Errors (Windows)  
Index  
black and white pages  
copy 55  
print black and white,  
troubleshoot 97  
troubleshoot 98  
wrong 97  
Symbols/Numerics  
(ADF) automatic document  
feeder  
fax 57  
troubleshoot 97  
black dots or streaks,  
troubleshoot  
copies 111  
scan 116  
blank pages, troubleshoot  
copy 110  
print 93  
scan 115  
blocked fax numbers  
set up 67  
clean 31  
computer modem  
shared with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 199  
shared with fax and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone  
systems) 207  
feeding problems,  
troubleshoot 31  
A
accessibility 3, 10  
accessories  
installation 28  
shared with fax and voice  
line (parallel phone  
systems) 202  
shared with fax and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 211  
self test diagnostic page 148  
turn on and off in driver 30  
warranty 155  
both sides, print on 41  
broadcast faxing  
send 62  
acoustic emissions 166  
ADF (automatic document  
feeder)  
buttons, control panel 13  
Configure  
capacity 22  
load originals 22  
firewall 142  
confirmation reports, fax 77  
connection type  
change 221  
C
media sizes supported 160  
ADSL, fax setup with  
parallel phone systems 194  
after the support period 91  
aligning printheads 101  
answer ring pattern  
change 73  
parallel phone systems 196  
answering machine  
fax tones recorded 128  
set up with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 206  
set up with fax and  
modem 207  
calibrate linefeed 102  
cameras  
connectors, locating 13  
control panel  
buttons 13  
lights 13  
status icons 16  
Copy 16  
copy  
insert memory cards 27  
cancel  
scheduled fax 62  
Cancel button 14, 15  
capacity  
ADF 22  
trays 162  
cards  
sizes supported 161  
tray supporting 162  
cartridges. See ink cartridges  
clean  
quality 111  
settings 55  
specifications 164  
troubleshoot 109  
copy settings  
automatic document feeder  
(ADF)  
copy 56  
automatic document  
feeder 31  
exterior 31  
correct port test, fax 118  
custom-size paper  
Mac OS 39  
capacity 22  
clean 31  
feeding problems,  
troubleshoot 31  
load originals 22  
printheads 102, 103  
scanner glass 30  
clear  
print on 39  
custom-sized media  
sizes supported 161  
customer support  
electronic 88  
fax logs 79  
media sizes supported 160  
automatic fax reduction 66  
color copy 55  
colored text, and OCR 45  
colors  
cut-off pages, troubleshoot 94  
B
bleeding 97  
faded or dull 97  
backup fax 64  
baud rate 75  
233  
 
edit  
error correction mode 62  
error reports 78  
D
text in OCR program 45  
dark images, troubleshoot  
copies 111  
electrical specifications 165  
embedded Web server  
about 225  
forwarding 65  
header 72  
scans 115  
Internet Protocol, over 76  
ISDN line, set up (parallel  
phone systems) 195  
line condition test, failed 121  
log, clear 79  
Declaration of Conformity  
(DOC) 176  
default settings  
opening 226  
system requirements 159  
troubleshoot, cannot be  
opened 144  
copy 56  
dial tone test, failure 120  
dial type, setting 74  
dial-up modem  
Webscan 44  
log, print 79  
envelopes  
manual receive 63  
modem and answering  
machine, shared with  
(parallel phone  
sizes supported 160  
tray supporting 162  
environmental  
shared with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 199  
shared with fax and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone sy  
anstems) 207  
shared with fax and voice  
line (parallel phone  
systems) 202  
specifications 165  
environmental sustainability  
program 177  
error correction mode 62  
error messages  
systems) 207  
modem and voice line,  
shared with (parallel  
phone systems) 202  
modem and voice mail,  
shared with (parallel  
phone systems) 211  
modem, shared with  
(parallel phone  
unable to activate TWAIN  
source 114  
shared with fax and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 211  
error reports, fax 78  
EWS. See embedded Web  
server  
systems) 199  
monitor dialing 60, 62  
paper size 66  
parallel phone systems 190  
PBX system, set up  
(parallel phone  
systems) 195  
phone cord connection test,  
failed 118  
phone cord too short 128  
phone cord type test,  
failed 119  
poll to receive 65  
print last transaction  
details 79  
receive 63  
receive, troubleshoot 122,  
125  
redial options 75  
reduction 66  
reports 77  
reprint 65  
digital cameras  
connect 38  
insert memory cards 27  
distinctive ringing  
change 73  
parallel phone systems 196  
DOC 176  
dots or streaks, troubleshoot  
copies 111  
dots, troubleshoot  
scan 116  
F
faded copies 110  
faded stripes on copies,  
troubleshoot 111  
fax  
answer mode 73  
answering machine and  
modem, shared with  
(parallel phone  
double-sided printing 41  
driver  
systems) 207  
answering machine  
troubleshoot 128  
answering machine, set up  
(parallel phone  
accessories settings 30  
warranty 155  
DSL, fax setup with  
parallel phone systems 194  
duplexer  
systems) 206  
auto answer 73  
clear jams 150  
installation 29  
margins, minimum 163  
media sizes supported 160  
media types and weights  
supported 162  
backup fax 64  
blocking numbers 67  
confirmation reports 77  
dial tone test, failed 120  
dial type, setting 74  
distinctive ringing setup  
(parallel phone  
rings to answer 73  
schedule 61  
send 57  
send, troubleshoot 122,  
124, 127  
separate line setup (parallel  
phone systems) 193  
settings, change 72  
turn on and off in driver 30  
duty cycle 158  
systems) 196  
distinctive ringing, change  
pattern 73  
DSL, set up (parallel phone  
systems) 194  
E
ECM. See error correction mode  
234  
Index  
setup types 191  
ink cartridges  
check ink levels 84  
load  
photo 25, 26  
shared phone line setup  
(parallel phone  
expiration dates 148  
locating 12  
tray 23, 24  
load cards 25, 26  
load envelopes 24  
load media 23  
load transparencies 26  
log, fax  
systems) 197  
sound volume 76  
specifications 164  
speed 75  
ordering online 188  
part numbers 148, 188  
replace 84  
test failed 116  
test setup 213  
troubleshoot 116  
voice mail, set up (parallel  
phone systems) 198  
wall jack test, failed 117  
status 148  
supported 157  
print 79  
tips 83  
warranty 155  
M
yields 158  
Mac OS  
ink level icons 17  
ink levels, check 84  
ink smearing, troubleshoot 96  
installation  
custom-size paper 39  
Print borderless 40  
Print photos 37  
print settings 34  
turn accessories on and off  
in driver 30  
Fax screen 16  
Firewall  
configure 142  
firewall settings 216, 217  
firewalls, troubleshoot 92  
FoIP 76  
accessories 28  
duplexer 29  
hardware installation  
suggestions 145  
HP software installation  
suggestions 145  
ink cartridges 84  
tray 2 29  
Mac OS X  
fonts supported 158  
forwarding faxes 65  
HP Utility 225  
uninstall HP software 223  
maintenance  
G
check ink levels 84  
manual faxing  
receive 63  
glass, scanner  
clean 30  
troubleshooting issues 145  
Internet Protocol  
fax, using 76  
IP address  
checking for printer 144  
IP settings 216  
load originals 21  
locating 11  
grainy or white bands on  
copies, troubleshoot 112  
graphics  
send 59, 60  
margins  
duplexer 163  
setting, specifications 163  
media  
ISDN line, set up with fax  
parallel phone systems 195  
incompletely filled on  
copies 111  
ADF capacity 22  
clear jams 150  
duplexing 41  
HP, order 189  
load tray 23  
print on custom-size 39  
selecting 21  
ink not filling in 96  
look different from original  
scan 115  
J
jams  
missing lines or dots 99  
clear 150  
media to avoid 21  
paper 151, 153  
junk fax mode 67  
skewed pages 108  
specifications 159, 160  
supported sizes 160  
troubleshoot feeding 108  
types and weights  
supported 162  
memory  
reprint faxes 65  
save faxes 64  
specifications 158  
memory cards  
insert 27  
H
hardware, fax setup test 117  
header, fax 72  
Help 17  
L
Hewlett-Packard Company  
notices 3  
language, printer 158  
light images, troubleshoot  
copies 111  
HP software  
uninstall from Mac OS X 223  
uninstall from Windows 223  
HP Utility (Mac OS X)  
opening 225  
scans 115  
lights, control panel 13  
line condition test, fax 121  
linefeed, calibrate 102  
lines  
humidity specifications 165  
print DPOF files 38  
print files 37  
specifications 166  
copies, troubleshoot 111  
scans, troubleshoot 115  
link speed, setting 216  
I
ink cartridge door, locating 12  
235  
memory devices  
operating environment  
specifications 165  
operating systems  
supported 158  
originals  
photo media  
sizes supported 161  
Photo screen 17  
photos  
troubleshoot 134  
missing lines or dots,  
troubleshoot 99  
missing or incorrect  
information, troubleshoot 93,  
99  
MMC memory card  
insert 27  
insert memory cards 27  
print from DPOF files 38  
print from memory cards 37  
troubleshoot memory  
devices 135  
scan 43  
output tray  
locating 11  
media supported 162  
model number 148  
modem  
poll to receive fax 65  
ports, specifications 157  
power  
specifications 165  
troubleshoot 92  
power input, locating 13  
print  
P
shared with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 199  
shared with fax and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone  
pages per month (duty  
cycle) 158  
paper  
jams 151, 153  
size, set for fax 66  
paper-feed problems,  
troubleshoot 108  
parallel phone systems  
answering machine  
setup 206  
systems) 207  
double-sided 41  
fax logs 79  
fax reports 77  
faxes 65  
last fax details 79  
photos from DPOF file 38  
photos from memory  
cards 37  
self test diagnostic page 148  
slow 93  
shared with fax and voice  
line (parallel phone  
systems) 202  
shared with fax and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 211  
countries/regions with 190  
distinctive ringing setup 196  
DSL setup 194  
monitor dialing 60, 62  
multi-feeds, troubleshoot 109  
ISDN setup 195  
modem and answering  
machine setup 207  
modem and voice mail  
setup 211  
troubleshoot 91  
Print borderless  
Mac OS 40  
Windows 40  
Print brochures  
print 35  
N
network port  
address 136  
networks  
modem setup 199  
modem shared with voice  
line setup 202  
PBX setup 195  
separate line setup 193  
setup types 191  
advanced settings 215  
connector illustration 13  
firewall settings 216, 217  
firewalls, troubleshoot 92  
IP settings 216  
link speed 216  
operating systems  
supported 159  
protocols supported 159  
settings, change 215  
solve problems 146  
system requirements 159  
view and printsettings 215  
wireless communication  
setup 219  
Print envelope 35  
Print envelopes  
Mac OS 36  
Print photos  
shared line setup 197  
PBX system, set up with fax  
parallel phone systems 195  
PCL 3 support 158  
phone cord  
Mac OS 37  
Windows 36  
print quality  
diagnostic page 100  
troubleshoot 94  
Print quality diagnostic  
page 100  
connected to correct port  
test failed 118  
correct type test failed 119  
extend 128  
print-carriage access door,  
locating 12  
printer control panel  
locating 11  
phone line, answer ring  
pattern 73  
phone support 88  
phone support period  
period for support 89  
phone, fax from  
wireless settings 148, 220  
noise information 166  
network settings 215  
scan from 43  
send faxes 58  
O
OCR  
printer driver  
receive 63  
send, 59  
edit scanned documents 45  
troubleshoot 113  
accessories settings 30  
warranty 155  
236  
Index  
printer software (Windows)  
about 225  
reports  
speed, fax 75  
volume, fax 76  
confirmation, fax 77  
opening 225  
error, fax 78  
fax test failed 116  
reprint  
faxes from memory 65  
right navigation button 14, 15  
rings to answer 73  
Setup 17  
setup  
printhead latch, locating 12  
printheads  
answering machine  
aligning 101  
clean 102  
clean contacts manually 103  
health, check 100  
maintaining 99  
ordering online 188  
replace 105  
status 100, 148  
supported 158  
(parallel phone  
systems) 206  
answering machine and  
modem (parallel phone  
systems) 207  
S
computer modem (parallel  
phone systems) 199  
computer modem and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone  
save  
faxes in memory 64  
scan  
error messages 114  
from printer control panel 43  
from Webscan 44  
OCR 45  
processor specifications 158  
pulse dialing 74  
systems) 207  
computer modem and  
voice line (parallel phone  
systems) 202  
Q
quality 114  
quality, troubleshoot  
copy 111  
Scan screen 16  
scan specifications 165  
slow 113  
computer modem and  
voice mail (parallel  
phone systems) 211  
distinctive ringing 73  
distinctive ringing (parallel  
phone systems) 196  
DSL (parallel phone  
systems) 194  
fax scenarios 191  
fax, with parallel phone  
systems 190  
ISDN line (parallel phone  
systems) 195  
PBX system (parallel  
phone systems) 195  
separate fax line (parallel  
phone systems) 193  
shared phone line (parallel  
phone systems) 197  
test fax 213  
voice mail (parallel phone  
systems) 198  
voice mail and computer  
modem (parallel phone  
systems) 211  
diagnostic page 100  
print 94  
scan 114  
troubleshoot 112  
Scan screen 16  
scanner glass  
clean 30  
R
load originals 21  
locating 11  
radio interference  
reducing 222  
schedule fax 61  
Secure Digital memory card  
insert 27  
regulatory information 172  
radio, turn off 215  
rear access panel  
clear jams 150  
illustration 13  
receive faxes  
security  
wireless communication 221  
wireless settings 220  
self test diagnostic page  
information on 147  
print 148  
auto answer mode 73  
automatically 63  
blocking numbers 67  
forwarding 65  
manually 63  
polling 65  
send faxes  
basic fax 57  
manually 59  
memory, from 60  
monitor dialing 60, 62  
schedule 61  
rings to answer 73  
troubleshoot 122, 125  
recycle  
print cartridges 177  
redial options, setting 75  
reduce fax 66  
regulatory information 167, 172  
regulatory model number 175  
replace  
troubleshoot 122, 124, 127  
send scans  
size  
for OCR 45  
scans, troubleshoot 116  
troubleshoot copy 110  
skew, troubleshoot  
copy 111  
troubleshoot 112  
serial number 148  
serial phone systems  
countries/regions with 190  
setup types 191  
settings  
ink cartridges 84  
printheads 105  
report  
print 108  
scan 114  
slow print, troubleshoot 93  
copy 55  
network 215  
wireless test 221  
237  
software  
telephone line, answer ring  
pattern 73  
telephone wall jack, fax 117  
telephone, fax from  
receive 63  
send 59  
temperature specifications 165  
tests, fax  
troubleshoot feeding 108  
turn on and off in driver 30  
accessories settings 30  
OCR 45  
troubleshoot  
warranty 155  
answering machines 128  
blank pages printed 93  
bleeding colors 97  
colors 97, 98  
Webscan 44  
sound pressure 166  
specifications  
acoustic emissions 166  
electrical 165  
media 159, 160  
network protocols 159  
operating environment 165  
physical 157  
copy 109  
dial tone, failed 120  
failed 116  
fax line condition 121  
fax phone cord type test  
failed 119  
copy quality 111  
cut-off pages, incorrect text  
or graphics placement 94  
embedded Web server 144  
fax 116  
processor and memory 158  
storage environment 165  
system requirements 158  
speed  
troubleshoot for  
scanner 113  
troubleshoot print 93  
speed dial  
send fax 57  
status  
network configuration  
page 148  
self test diagnostic page 148  
status icons 16  
storage devices  
USB flash drives  
supported 166  
hardware, failed 117  
port connection, failed 118  
setup 213  
fax dial tone test failed 120  
fax hardware test failed 117  
fax line test failed 121  
fax phone cord connection  
test failed 118  
fax phone cord type test  
failed 119  
fax tests 116  
fax wall jack test, failed 117  
firewalls 92  
ink not filling text or  
graphics 96  
ink smearing 96  
jams, paper 153  
meaningless characters  
print 95  
media not picked up from  
tray 108  
memory devices 134  
missing lines or dots 99  
missing or incorrect  
information 93, 99  
multiple pages are  
picked 109  
telephone wall jack 117  
text  
cannot be edited after  
scan, troubleshoot 113  
incompletely filled on  
copies 111  
missing from scan,  
troubleshoot 113  
splotchy on copies 112  
troubleshoot 94, 96, 99  
unclear on copies,  
troubleshoot 111  
unclear scans 116  
tone dialing 74  
storage environment  
specifications 165  
streaks, troubleshoot  
copies 111  
tray 1  
capacity 162  
media sizes supported 160  
media types and weights  
supported 162  
scan 116  
stripes on scans,  
troubleshoot 115  
subscriber identification code 72  
supplies  
tray 2  
capacity 162  
installation 29  
media sizes supported 160  
media types and weights  
supported 162  
network configuration  
page 148  
nothing prints 92  
paper-feed problems 108  
power 92  
print 91  
print quality 94  
receive faxes 122, 125  
scan 112  
ordering online 188  
self test diagnostic page 148  
yields 158  
turn on and off in driver 30  
trays  
support 87  
system requirements 158  
capacities 162  
clear jams 150  
installation tray 2 29  
load media 23  
locating 11  
T
scan quality 114  
self test diagnostic page 147  
send faxes 122, 124, 127  
skewed copies 111  
skewed pages 108  
slow print 93  
technical information  
copy specifications 164  
fax specifications 164  
memory card  
media sizes supported 160  
media types and weights  
supported 162  
specifications 166  
scan specifications 165  
paper guides illustration 11  
tips 91  
238  
Index  
troubleshooting  
general network  
order supplies and  
accessories 188  
troubleshooting 135  
supply yield data sheet 158  
Webscan 44  
white bands or stripes,  
troubleshoot  
copies 111, 112  
scans 115  
Windows  
hardware installation  
suggestions 145  
HP software installation  
suggestions 145  
installation issues 145  
solve network problems 146  
wired network 135  
borderless 40  
print brochures 34  
Print photos 36  
wireless problems 136  
TWAIN  
unable to activate  
source 114  
two-sided printing 41  
print settings 34  
system requirements 158  
turn accessories on and off  
in driver 30  
uninstall HP software 223  
wireless communication  
advanced wireless  
troubleshooting 137  
basic wireless  
U
uninstall HP software  
Mac OS X 223  
Windows 223  
USB connection  
port, locating 11, 13  
specifications 157  
USB flash drives 166  
troubleshooting 136  
radio, turn off 215  
reducing interference 222  
regulatory information 172  
security 221  
V
set up 219  
vertical stripes on copies,  
troubleshoot 111  
view  
settings 220  
wizard 219  
wireless connection icons 16  
wireless test report  
print 221  
network settings 215  
voice mail  
set up with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 198  
set up with fax and  
computer modem  
(parallel phone  
systems) 211  
X
xD-Picture memory card  
insert 27  
voltage specifications 165  
volume  
fax sounds 76  
W
wall jack test, fax 117  
warranty 155  
Web sites  
accessibility information 3,  
10  
customer support 88  
environmental  
programs 177  
239  
240  
© 2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.  
www.hp.com/support  

Bryant DELUXE 13 SEER 550A User Manual
BT STUDIO Studio 3500 User Manual
Champion Manufacturing D1EB036 User Manual
Emerson Process Management 1051 User Manual
Energizer HR20 User Manual
Fellowes DS 2 User Manual
Friedrich MW09C3E User Manual
Friedrich SM18N30_ User Manual
Haier HWR05XCJ User Manual
Honda Automobiles Music Link AAM 31052 31557 User Manual